Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

that which is changed

1 ἄλλαγμα

-ατος τό N 2 3-2-2-3-2=12 Lv 27,10.33; Dt 23,19(18); 2 Sm 24,24; 1 Kgs 10,28

that which is changed Lv 27,10; that which is given in exchange, ransom Is 43,3; reward, price Dt 23,19

ἐλάμβανον ἐν ἀλλάγματι they received (them) at a price 1 Kgs 10,28 Cf. CAIRD 1968b=1972 114

Lust (λαγνεία) > ἄλλαγμα
2 ཕྱེད་པོ་

[phyed po]

that which has changed

Tibetan-English dictionary > ཕྱེད་པོ་
3 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
4 che

1. adj what

a che cosa serve? what is that for?

che brutta giornata! what a filthy day!

2. pron persona: soggetto who

persona: oggetto who, that, formal whom

cosa that, which

che? what?

ciò che what

non c'e di che don't mention it, you're welcome

3. conj dopo il comparativo than

sono tre anni che non la vedo I haven't seen her for three years

* * *

che¹ agg.interr. ( quale) what ( riferito a numero indeterminato di cose o persone); which ( riferito a numero limitato di cose o persone): che libri leggi?, what (kind of) books do you read?; che libro preferisci tra questi?, which book do you like best?; che musica ti piace?, what music do you like?; che tipo è?, what kind of a person is he?; che vestito mi metto stasera?, what shall I wear tonight? // che ora è?, what time is it (o what's the time)?

◆ pron.interr. ( che cosa) what: che è questo?, what's this?; che fai?, what are you doing?; che guardi?, what are you looking at?; che hai?, what's the matter with you?; che importa?, why bother about it?; non so che dire, I don't know what to say; che altro ( c'è)?, what else (is there)? // che succede?, what's going on? // che è che non è, all of a sudden // a che ( pro)?, what for (o to what purpose)?

che¹ agg.escl.

1 ( quale, quali) what; (con s. che in inglese ammettono il pl.) what a: che bella giornata!, what a lovely day!; che bella notizia mi hai dato!, what good news you've given me!; che simpatico quel vostro amico!, what a nice person that friend of yours is!; che mascalzone!, what a rascal!; che musica meravigliosa!, what wonderful music!; che seccatura!, what a nuisance!; che pazienza ci è voluta per convincerla!, what a lot of patience it took to persuade her!; che idee!, what ideas!; che ingenui siamo stati!, what fools we were!; che vergogna!, what a disgrace!

2 ( come) how: che strano!, how strange!; che bello!, how lovely!

◆ pron.escl. ( che cosa) what: che dici!, what are you saying!; guarda che mi doveva capitare!, just look what's happened to me!; che mi tocca sentire!, what's this I hear?; ''Ti sei divertito?'' ''Altro che!'', ''Did you have a good time?'' ''And how!''

◆ inter. (fam.) what!: ''Che! Stai scherzando?'', ''What! Are you kidding?''.

che¹ pron.indef. ( qualcosa) something: le sue parole avevano un che, un non so che di profetico, there was something prophetic about his words // non (un) gran che, ( non molto) not much, not up to much: non ho combinato (un) gran che, I didn't get much done; la commedia non era (un) gran che, the play wasn't up to much.

che¹ pron.rel.invar.

1 (con funzione di sogg.) who, that ( riferito a persone); which, that ( riferito ad animali e cose): il signore che è entrato ora è il nuovo direttore, the man who (o that) has just come in is the new director; il ragazzo che studiava con me ha cambiato scuola, the boy who (o that) studied with me has changed school; l'ultimo che entra chiuda la porta, per favore, will the last one who comes in (o the last one to come in) please shut the door; gli atleti che sono iscritti alla prossima gara si presentino subito alla linea di partenza, the athletes (who are) entered for the next race should report to the starting line at once; non trovo nessuno che sia in grado di risolvere questo problema, I can't find anyone (who is) capable of solving this problem; c'è qualcuno che sa come funziona questa macchina fotografica?, is there anybody that (o who) knows how this camera works?; il cavallo che ha vinto la corsa era il favorito, the horse that (o which) won the race was the favourite; dammi il libro che sta sulla scrivania, give me the book that's on the desk; i volumi che trattano di anatomia sono nell'ultimo scaffale a destra, the books that deal (o the books dealing) with anatomy are on the top shelf, right-hand side; Dante Alighieri, che nacque a Firenze nel 1265, è il massimo poeta italiano, Dante Alighieri, who was born in Florence in 1265, is Italy's greatest poet; la Torre di Londra, che fu costruita da Guglielmo il Conquistatore, è un castello normanno, the Tower of London, which was built by William the Conqueror, is a Norman castle // colui che, coloro che, → colui, coloro // ciò che, what // tutto ciò che, all that

2 (con funzione di compl. ogg.; gener. è omesso in inglese) who, (form.) whom, that ( riferito a persone); which, that ( riferito ad animali e cose): sei proprio la persona che volevo vedere, you're the very person (that o who) I wanted to see; avete mangiato tutta la frutta che ho comprato?, have you eaten all the fruit (that) I bought?; eccoti i libri che mi avevi prestato, here are the books (that) you lent me; tutti gli animali che abbiamo citato sono in via di estinzione, all the animals (that) we have mentioned are endangered species; i solisti che abbiamo sentito ieri sera sono famosi in tutto il mondo, the soloists (that) we heard last night are world famous; l'argomento che stiamo per affrontare è della massima importanza, the subject (that) we're about to deal with is of the utmost importance; l'illustre ospite, che abbiamo l'onore di presentarvi, è nientemeno che il Presidente, our distinguished guest, who (m) we are honoured to present to you, is none other than the President; il duomo di Milano, che visiteremo domani, è un capolavoro di architettura gotica, Milan cathedral, which we shall visit tomorrow, is a masterpiece of Gothic architecture ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 1 e 2, quando il pron. che introduce una frase incidentale, viene tradotto con who (m) o which, e non può essere omesso

3 (in correl. con stesso, medesimo) as, that: ha dato la stessa risposta che ho dato io, he gave the same answer (as o that) I did; è accaduta la stessa cosa che era accaduta ieri, the same thing happened as (o that) had happened yesterday; incontrerete le stesse difficoltà che abbiamo incontrato noi, you'll meet the same difficulties (as o that) we did

4 (fam.) ( col valore di in cui, con cui, per cui): il giorno che arrivò era il 1^o di agosto, the day he arrived was 1st August; ricordi l'estate che ci siamo incontrati?, can you remember the summer we met?; l'ultima volta che lo vidi era molto depresso, the last time I saw him he was very depressed; con quello stipendio ha di che vivere agiatamente, he can live comfortably on that salary; non ha proprio di che lamentarsi, he has nothing at all to complain about // non c'è che dire, you only have to say // non c'è di che, ( forma di cortesia) don't mention it // paese che vai usanze che trovi, (prov.) when in Rome (do as the Romans do)

5 il che, ( la qual cosa) which: beve come una spugna, il che gli fa male alla salute, he drinks like a fish, which is bad for his health; ha superato la prova, del che ci siamo tutti rallegrati, he passed the test, which delighted us all; cominciò ad alzare la voce, al che gli ordinai di uscire dalla stanza, he started raising his voice, at which I ordered him out of the room; non si sono fatti più vivi, dal che deduco che si sono trasferiti altrove, they haven't shown up any more, from which I presume that they've moved elsewhere // dopo di che, after which, and then; afterwards

◆ agg. ( quale) that: da trenta che erano, solo dieci sono arrivati alla fine del corso, out of the original thirty, only ten completed the course; da quel colosso che era, è diventato pelle e ossa, from the giant he was, he has become all skin and bones.

che² cong.dichiarativa

1 (dopo verbi che esprimono opinione; in inglese è spesso omessa) that: dicono che la luna sia abitata, they say (that) the moon is inhabited; so che tu cercherai di comprendermi, I know you'll try to understand; sono certo che arriveremo in tempo, I'm sure (that) we'll get there on time

2 (dopo verbi di volontà non si traduce e richiede la costruzione oggettiva: compl. ogg. + inf. del verbo): voglio che ( lui) venga immediatamente, I want him to come at once; vuoi che ti accompagni?, do you want me to go with you?; volevano che (io) restassi a cena, they wanted me to stay to dinner; vorrei che mi dicessi come la pensi, I'd like you to tell me what you think // avrei tanto voluto che ci fossi anche tu, I wish you'd been there

◆ cong.consecutiva ( spesso in correlazione con così, tanto, tale; in inglese può essere omessa) that: ero così stanco che mi addormentai, I was so tired (that) I fell asleep; c'era una tale nebbia che non si distinguevano le case di fronte, it was so foggy (that) you couldn't see (the houses) across the street

◆ cong.compar. than: ha più denaro che cervello, he has more money than sense; è più furbo che intelligente, he's more crafty than intelligent; nell'albergo c'erano più stranieri che italiani, there were more foreigners than Italians in the hotel

◆ cong. causale ( in inglese non si traduce): copriti che fa freddo, wrap up warm, it's cold outside

◆ cong. finale ( in inglese è spesso omessa) that: bada che non si faccia male, mind he doesn't get hurt; fate in modo che non si accorga di niente, make sure (that) he doesn't notice anything

◆ cong.temporale ( quando) when; ( da quando) since, for; ( dopo che) after: arrivai che era già partito, he'd already left when I got there; è da Natale che non abbiamo sue notizie, we haven't heard from him since Christmas; sono due anni che non si vedono, they haven't seen each other for two years // ogni volta che, whenever // una volta che, once: una volta che hai imparato la tecnica, l'uso del computer non è difficile, once you've learnt the technique, it isn't hard to use the computer

◆ cong.eccettuativa only, but: non ho che pochi euro, I've only got a few euros; non hai che dirmelo, you only have to tell me; non ho potuto far altro che accettare, I could do nothing but accept; non fa che dire sciocchezze, he talks nothing but nonsense; non potevo fare altrimenti che così, there was nothing else (that) I could do.

* * *
[ke]
1. pron

1) (relativo: persona: soggetto) who, (oggetto) whom, that, (cosa, animale) which, that (spesso omesso)

l'uomo che sta parlando — the man who is speaking

la ragazza che hai visto — the girl whom you saw

i bambini che vedi nel cortile — the children whom o that you see in the yard

il giorno che... — the day (that)...

la sera che ti ho visto — the evening I saw you

il libro che è sul tavolo — the book which o that is on the table

2) (la qual cosa) which

dovrei ottenere il massimo dei voti, il che è improbabile — I would have to get top marks, which is unlikely

3)

(indefinito) quell'uomo ha un che di losco — there's something suspicious about that man

un certo non so che — an indefinable something

quel film non era un gran che — that film was nothing special

quella ragazza ha un non so che di affascinante — there's something fascinating about that girl

4) (interrogativo) what

che (cosa) fai? — what are you doing?

di che (cosa) hai bisogno? — what do you need?

non so che dire — I don't know what to say

ma che dite! — what are you saying!

2. agg

1) (interrogativo) what, (di numero limitato) which

che giorno è oggi? — what day is it today?

che vestito ti vuoi mettere? — what (o which) dress do you want to put on?

di che attore stai parlando? — which actor are you talking about?

2) escl what

che bel vestito! — what a lovely dress!

che buono! — how delicious!

guarda in che stato sei ridotto! — look at the mess you're in!

3. cong

1) (con proposizioni subordinate) that (talvolta omesso)

ero così felice che corsi a dirlo a tutti — I was so happy (that) I ran off to tell everyone

nasconditi qui che non ti veda nessuno — hide here, so nobody can see you

so che tu c'eri — I know (that) you were there

voglio che tu venga — I want you to come

2)

(temporale) mi sono svegliato che era ancora buio — it was still dark when I woke up

sono anni che non lo vedo — I haven't seen him for o in years, it's years since I saw him

era appena uscita di casa che suonò il telefono — she had no sooner gone out than o she had hardly gone out when the telephone rang

arrivai che eri già partito — you had already left when I arrived

3)

(in frasi imperative, in concessive) che venga pure! — let him come by all means!

che sia benedetto! — may God bless him!

4)

non che sia stupido — not that he's stupid

non è che non mi interessi la commedia, è che sono stanco e vorrei andare a letto — it's not that the play doesn't interest me, it's just that I'm tired and I'd like to go to bed

che tu venga o no, noi partiamo lo stesso — we're leaving whether you come or not

5) (comparativo: con più, meno) than

è più furbo che intelligente — he's more cunning than intelligent

See:

non,

più,

meno,

così

* * *
I 1. [ke]
pronome relativo

1) (soggetto) (persona) who, that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which

il cane, che mi aveva riconosciuto, si avvicinò — the dog, which had recognized me, came up

e tu che pensavi di risparmiare! — you were the one who thought (you were going) to save money!

comparve un uomo che portava un cappello — a man appeared, wearing a hat

è lui che me lo ha detto — it was him who told me

lo sentii che parlava con Marco — I heard him speaking to Marco

2) (oggetto) (persona) who, whom form., that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which

è la donna più bella che (io) abbia mai visto — she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen

non mi piace la macchina che hai comprato — I don't like the car (that) you've bought

stupido che sei! — you silly thing! you fool!

3) (complemento indiretto)

non ha neanche di che mangiare — he doesn't even have enough for food

non c'è di che! — (formula di cortesia) you're welcome! don't mention it! (con valore temporale)

l'estate che ci siamo conosciuti — the summer when o in which we met

4) (con avverbi di luogo, di tempo)

fu allora che — it was then that

è qui che si rilasciano i passaporti? — is it here that they issue passports?

5) il che (cosa che) which
2.
aggettivo interrogativo

1) (quale) what; (entro un gruppo ristretto) which

di che colore è? — what colour is it?

che medaglie ha vinto? — which medals did he win?

2) che cosa what

che cosa fai? — what are you doing?

che cosa c'è? — what's up?

che cosa? non ho sentito — what? I didn't hear

a che cosa stai pensando? — what are you thinking of o about?
3.
pronome interrogativo what

che fai? — what are you doing?

che dire? — what shall I say?

che fare? — what is to be done?

che c'è di nuovo — what's new?
4.
aggettivo esclamativo

che strano, bello! — how odd, lovely!

che uomo! — what a man!

che coraggio! — what courage!
5.
pronome esclamativo

ma che mi tocca sentire! — what I have to listen to!

che! vai già via? — what? are you off already?
6.
pronome indefinito

aveva un che di strano — there was something weird about him

non ha fatto un gran che — he didn't do a great deal
II [ke]
congiunzione

1) (dichiarativa) that

penso che dovrebbe cambiare mestiere — I think (that) he should do another job

so che è vero — I know it's true

è probabile che venga — he is likely to come; (dopo verbi di volontà o comando)

papà vuole che andiamo con lui — dad wants us to go with him

vorrei che fossi qui — I wish you were here

2) (consecutiva)

in modo che capisca — so that he can understand

la musica era così forte che... — the music was so loud that

3) (causale)

vestiti, che usciamo — get dressed, (because) we're going out

4) (concessiva)

non che non fosse contento, ma — he wasn't unhappy, but

5) (finale)

sta' attento che non cada — mind that it doesn't fall

6) (temporale)

sono dieci anni che ci frequentiamo — we've known each other for ten years

ogni volta che vieni — every time you come; (finché)

aspetto che parta — I'm waiting for him to leave

7) (imperativa, ottativa)

che non se ne parli più — let's hear no more about this

che Dio abbia misericordia di noi! — (may) God have mercy on us!

8) (limitativa)

non hanno il diritto, che io sappia, di intervenire — they have no right, as far as I know, to intervene

9) (correlativa)

che venga o no — whether he comes or not

sia che..., sia che... — either...or...

sia io che mio marito siamo vegetariani — both myself and my husband are vegetarians

10) (interrogativa)

che mi sia ingannato? — maybe I got it wrong

11) (nelle comparative)

è più diligente che dotato — he's more diligent than gifted

studio più che posso — I study as much as I can

* * *

che¹

/ke/

I pronome relativo

1 (soggetto) (persona) who, that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which; il cane, che mi aveva riconosciuto, si avvicinò the dog, which had recognized me, came up; e tu che pensavi di risparmiare! you were the one who thought (you were going) to save money! comparve un uomo che portava un cappello a man appeared, wearing a hat; è lui che me lo ha detto it was him who told me; lo sentii che parlava con Marco I heard him speaking to Marco

2 (oggetto) (persona) who, whom form., that; (cosa, animale di sesso imprecisato) that, which; è la donna più bella che (io) abbia mai visto she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen; non mi piace la macchina che hai comprato I don't like the car (that) you've bought; stupido che sei! you silly thing! you fool!

3 (complemento indiretto) non ha neanche di che mangiare he doesn't even have enough for food; non c'è di che! (formula di cortesia) you're welcome! don't mention it! (con valore temporale) l'estate che ci siamo conosciuti the summer when o in which we met

4 (con avverbi di luogo, di tempo) fu allora che it was then that; è qui che si rilasciano i passaporti? is it here that they issue passports?

5 il che (cosa che) which

II aggettivo interrogativo

1 (quale) what; (entro un gruppo ristretto) which; di che colore è? what colour is it? che medaglie ha vinto? which medals did he win?

2 che cosa what; che cosa fai? what are you doing? che cosa c'è? what's up? che cosa? non ho sentito what? I didn't hear; a che cosa stai pensando? what are you thinking of o about?

III pronome interrogativo

what; che fai? what are you doing? che dire? what shall I say? che fare? what is to be done? che c'è di nuovo what's new?

IV aggettivo esclamativo

che strano, bello! how odd, lovely! che uomo! what a man! che coraggio! what courage!

V pronome esclamativo

ma che mi tocca sentire! what I have to listen to! che! vai già via? what? are you off already?

VI pronome indefinito

aveva un che di strano there was something weird about him; non ha fatto un gran che he didn't do a great deal.

\

See also notes... (che.pdf)

————————

che²

/ke/

congiunzione

1 (dichiarativa) that; penso che dovrebbe cambiare mestiere I think (that) he should do another job; so che è vero I know it's true; è probabile che venga he is likely to come; (dopo verbi di volontà o comando) papà vuole che andiamo con lui dad wants us to go with him; vorrei che fossi qui I wish you were here

2 (consecutiva) in modo che capisca so that he can understand; la musica era così forte che... the music was so loud that...

3 (causale) vestiti, che usciamo get dressed, (because) we're going out

4 (concessiva) non che non fosse contento, ma he wasn't unhappy, but

5 (finale) sta' attento che non cada mind that it doesn't fall

6 (temporale) sono dieci anni che ci frequentiamo we've known each other for ten years; ogni volta che vieni every time you come; (finché) aspetto che parta I'm waiting for him to leave

7 (imperativa, ottativa) che non se ne parli più let's hear no more about this; che Dio abbia misericordia di noi! (may) God have mercy on us!

8 (limitativa) non hanno il diritto, che io sappia, di intervenire they have no right, as far as I know, to intervene

9 (correlativa) che venga o no whether he comes or not; sia che..., sia che... either...or...; sia io che mio marito siamo vegetariani both myself and my husband are vegetarians

10 (interrogativa) che mi sia ingannato? maybe I got it wrong

11 (nelle comparative) è più diligente che dotato he's more diligent than gifted; studio più che posso I study as much as I can.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > che
5 que

que [kə]

━━━━━━━━━

1. conjunction

2. adverb

3. relative pronoun

4. interrogative pronoun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► que becomes qu' before a vowel or silent h.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque que fait partie d'un locution comme afin que, dès que, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (complétive) that

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► that introduisant une subordonnée complétive est souvent sous-entendu en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• elle sait que tu es prêt she knows (that) you're ready

• tu crois qu'il réussira ? do you think he'll succeed?

• je pense que oui I think so

• je pense que non I don't think so

• mais il n'a pas de voiture ! -- il dit que si but he has no car! -- he says he has

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Avec un verbe de volonté, l'anglais emploie une proposition infinitive. Si le sujet de cette infinitive est un pronom, l'anglais utilise la forme objet du pronom.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• je veux que Raoul vienne I want Raoul to come

• j'aimerais qu'il vienne I would like him to come

• je ne veux pas qu'il vienne I don't want him to come

   b. (remplaçant une autre conjonction)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque que remplace une conjonction comme si, quand, comme, que, la conjonction est soit répétée soit omise en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• si vous êtes sages et qu'il fait beau, nous sortirons if you are good and (if) the weather is fine, we'll go out

• comme la maison est petite et qu'il n'y a pas de jardin... as the house is small and there's no garden...

   c. (hypothèse) whether

• il ira, qu'il le veuille ou non he'll go whether he wants to or not

• qu'il parte ou qu'il reste, ça m'est égal whether he leaves or stays, it's all the same to me

   d. (but) tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas hold him so he doesn't fall

   e. (temps) elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir she had no sooner gone out than it started raining

• ils ne se connaissaient pas depuis 10 minutes qu'ils étaient déjà amis they had only known each other for 10 minutes and already they were friends

   f. (souhait) qu'il se taise ! I wish he would be quiet!

• eh bien, qu'il vienne ! all right, he can come!

• qu'il essaie seulement ! just let him try!

   g. (reprenant ce qui vient d'être dit) que tu crois ! (inf) that's what you think!

• que je l'aide ? tu plaisantes ! me, help him? you must be joking!

• « viens ici ! » qu'il me crie (inf) "come here!" he shouted

• « et pourquoi ? » que je lui fais (inf) "why's that?" I go to him (inf)

   h. (locutions)

► que... ne

• ils pourraient me supplier que je n'accepterais pas even if they begged me I wouldn't accept

• j'avais déjà fini de déjeuner qu'elle n'avait pas commencé I'd already finished my lunch and she hadn't even started► que oui ! yes indeed!

• il était fâché ? -- que oui ! was he angry? -- he certainly was!► que non ! certainly not!

• tu viens ? -- que non ! are you coming? -- no I am not!

2. <

• que tu es lent ! you're so slow!

• que de voitures ! there's so much traffic!

• que d'erreurs ! there are so many mistakes!

► qu'est-ce que (exclamatif)

qu'est-ce qu'il est bête ! he's such an idiot!

• qu'est-ce qu'il joue bien ! doesn't he play well!

3. <

   a. (antécédent personne)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la fille qu'il a rencontrée là-bas the girl he met there

• les enfants que tu vois là-bas the children you see there

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner une personne en anglais, il y a trois possibilités: whom, qui est d'un registre soutenu, who qui n'est pas correct, mais très fréquemment utilisé, et that.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le philosophe qu'il admirait the philosopher whom he admired

• les ouvriers qu'ils vont licencier the workers that or who (inf) they're going to sack

   b. (antécédent animal ou chose)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'ai déjà les livres qu'il m'a offerts I've already got the books he gave me

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner un animal ou une chose en anglais, il y a deux possibilités: that et which, qui s'utilise surtout pour des choses.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le chaton qu'il a trouvé the kitten (that) he found

• la raison qu'il a donnée the reason (that or which) he gave

   c. (en incise)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la relative est en incise, on n'emploie jamais that, mais which pour une chose et who(m) pour une personne.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un certain M. Leduc, que je ne connais pas, m'a appelé a certain Mr Leduc, who (inf) or whom I don't know, called me

• la lettre, que j'ai postée lundi, est arrivée vendredi the letter, which I posted on Monday, arrived on Friday

   d. (temps) when

• un jour que le soleil brillait one day when the sun was shining

   e. (autres) quel homme charmant que votre voisin ! what a charming man your neighbour is!

• tout distrait qu'il est, il s'en est aperçu absent-minded though he is, he still noticed it

• c'est un inconvénient que de ne pas avoir de voiture it's a disadvantage not to have a car

4. <

what

• que fais-tu ? what are you doing?

• qu'en sais-tu ? what do you know about it?

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les cas où il y a un choix, on emploie which.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• que préfères-tu, de la compote ou un crème caramel ? which would you prefer, stewed fruit or crème caramel?

► qu'est-ce que (interrogatif) what

• qu'est-ce que tu fais ? what are you doing?

• qu'est-ce que tu préfères, le rouge ou le noir ? which do you prefer, the red one or the black one?► qu'est-ce qui what

• qu'est-ce qui l'a mis en colère ? what made him so angry?

* * *

1.

( qu' before vowel or mute h) kə conjonction

1) ( reprenant une autre conjonction)

comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi — since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why

si vous venez et que vous ayez le temps — if you come and (if you) have the time

2)

je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise — I'm worried (that) you might do something silly

qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte — we were already well aware that he's the best

approche, que je te regarde — come closer so I can look at you

que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non — whether you like it or not

il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police — no sooner had he left than she called the police

j'avais déjà lu dix pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé — I had already read ten pages while he hadn't even started

que tout le monde sorte! — everyone must leave!

qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais... — you must excuse me but...

que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent — let anyone who hasn't understood say so

qu'on le pende! — hang him!

qu'il crève! — (sl) let him rot! (colloq)

que je leur prête ma voiture! — you expect me to lend them my car!

que je sache — as far as I know

2.

pronom interrogatif what

que dire? — what can you ou one say?

que faire? — ( maintenant) what shall I/we do?; ( au passé) what could I/we do?

je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit — I don't know what he said

qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? — what's that?

3.

pronom relatif

1) ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent)

Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier — Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday

c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue — she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen

2) ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent)

je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée — I don't like the car (that) you've bought

3) ( employé comme attribut) that

la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue — the old lady she is today

4.

adverbe

que vous êtes jolie! — how pretty you are!

que c'est difficile! — how difficult it is!

que c'est joli! — it's so pretty!

ce que vous êtes jolie! — you're so pretty!

que de monde! — what a lot of people!

‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’ - ‘oh que si!’ — ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’ - ‘yes I have!’

‘tu en as besoin?’ - ‘que oui!’ — ‘do you need it’ - ‘I certainly do!’

••

que conjonction de subordination se traduit généralement par that: elle a dit qu'elle le ferait = she said that she would do it; il est important qu'ils se rendent compte que ce n'est pas simple it's important that they should realize that it's not simple

On notera que that est souvent omis: je pense qu'il devrait changer de métier = I think he should change jobs

Quand que suit un verbe exprimant un souhait, une volonté, l'anglais utilise un infinitif: je voudrais que tu ranges ta chambre = I'd like you to tidy your room; elle veut qu'il fasse un stage de formation = she wants him to do a training course

On trouvera ci-dessous quelques exemples supplémentaires mais on pourra toujours se reporter aux verbes, adjectifs et substantifs qui peuvent être suivis de que, comme montrer, comprendre, apparaître, certain, évident, idée etc. De même les locutions ainsi que, alors que, bien que sont traitées respectivement sous ainsi, alors, bien. Pour les emplois de que avec ne, plus, moins etc on se reportera à ne, plus, moins etc

que pronom relatif se traduit différemment selon qu'il a pour antécédent un nom de personne: l'homme que je vois = the man that I can see; = the man I can see; = the man who I can see; = the man whom I can see; les amis que j'ai invités = the friends that I've invited; = the friends I've invited; = the friends who I have invited; = the friends whom I have invited (dans les deux cas ci-dessus la traduction avec whom appartient au registre de la langue écrite); ou un nom de chose, concept, animal: le chien que je vois = the dog that I can see; = the dog I can see; = the dog which I can see; l'invitation que j'ai reçue = the invitation that I received; = the invitation I received; = the invitation which I received. Voir III ci-dessous

* * *
kə
1. conj

1) (introduisant complétive) that

Il sait que tu es là. — He knows you're here., He knows that you're here.

vouloir que — to want

Je veux que tu acceptes. — I want you to agree.

Je veux que tu viennes. — I want you to come.

Il a dit que oui. — He said he would.

2) (reprise d'autres conjonctions)

Quand il rentrera et qu'il aura mangé... — When he gets back and has eaten...

Si vous y allez ou que vous... — If you go there or if you...

3) (en tête de phrase) (hypothèse)

qu'il le veuille ou non — whether he likes it or not, (souhait)

qu'il fasse ce qu'il voudra! — let him do what he wants!

4) (but) (= de sorte que) so, so that

Tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas. — Hold it so it doesn't fall., Hold it so that it doesn't fall.

5) (après comparatif) than

plus... que — more... than

C'est plus difficile que je ne le pensais. — It's more difficult than I thought.

Il est plus grand que moi. — He's bigger than me.

6) (équivalence) as

aussi... que — as... as

Elle est aussi jolie que sa sœur. — She's as pretty as her sister.

Le train est aussi cher que l'avion. — The train is as expensive as the plane.

See:

plus; aussi; autant

7) (restriction)

ne... que (= seulement) — only

Il ne boit que de l'eau. — He only drinks water.

Je ne l'ai vu qu'une fois. — I've only seen him once.

8) (avec locution adverbiale de temps)

à peine... que; Elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir. — She had just gone out when it started to rain., No sooner had she gone out than it started to rain.

il y a... que; ça fait... que; Il y a 4 ans qu'il est parti.; Ça fait 4 ans qu'il est parti. — It is 4 years since he left.

See:

fois

2. adv

(exclamation)

qu'il est...; Qu'il est bête!; Qu'est-ce qu'il est bête! — He's so silly!

Qu'il court vite!; Qu'est-ce qu'il court vite! — He runs so fast!

que de... — such a lot of..., so many...

Que de livres! — What a lot of books!

Quel bonheur et que de bons souvenirs! — Such happiness and so many wonderful memories!

3. pron

1) (relatif) (personne) that, whom

la dame que j'ai rencontrée hier — the lady I met yesterday, the lady that I met yesterday

l'homme que je vois — the man I can see, the man that I can see

2) (chose) that, which

Le gâteau qu'elle a fait est délicieux. — The cake she made is delicious., The cake that she made is delicious., The cake which she made is delicious.

le livre que tu vois — the book you see, the book that you see, the book which you see

3) (temps) (= où)

un jour que j'étais... — a day when I was...

4) (interrogatif) what

Que vas-tu lui dire? — What are you going to tell him?

Que fais-tu? — What are you doing?

Que préfères-tu? — What do you prefer?

Qu'est-ce que...? — What...?

Qu'est-ce que tu fais? — What are you doing?

Qu'est-ce que c'est? (en désignant qch) — What is it?, What's that?, (en entendant qch) What's that?

Que faire? — What can you do?

* * *

que ⇒ Note d'usage (qu' before vowel or mute h)

A conj

1 ( reprenant une autre conjonction) comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why; si vous venez et que vous avez le temps if you come and (if you) have the time;

2 je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise I'm worried (that) you might do something silly; le fait qu'il se soit enfui prouve sa culpabilité the fact that he has run away is proof of his guilt; qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte we were already well aware that he's the best; taisez- vous que j'entende ce qu'il dit stop talking so (that) I can hear what he's saying; approche, que je te regarde come closer so I can look at you; qu'il pleuve et toute la récolte est détruite if it rains the harvest will be ruined; que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non whether you like it or not; il voudrait faire échouer le projet qu'il ne s'y prendrait pas autrement if he wanted to ruin the project he couldn't have chosen a better way to do it; il l'aurait fait qu'il ne voudrait pas l'admettre even if he did do it he wouldn't admit it; il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police no sooner had he left than she called the police; vous dormiez encore que j'avais déjà fait une longue promenade you were still asleep, while I had already been for a long walk; j'avais déjà lu 10 pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé I had already read 10 pages while he hadn't even started; il ne se passe pas de jour qu'il ne pleuve not a day goes by without rain ou when it doesn't rain; que tout le monde sorte! everyone must leave!; qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais… you must excuse me but…; qu'il se taise! I wish he would be quiet!; que n'êtes vous-arrivés hier soir! fml if only you'd arrived last night!; que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent let anyone who hasn't understood say so; qu'on le pende! hang him!; qu'il crève◑! let him rot○!, he can rot○!; que j'aille le voir! you expect me to go and see him!; que je leur prête ma voiture! you expect me to lend them my car!; que je sache as far as I know;

3 ◑( à la place de l'inversion du sujet) et alors? que je lui ai dit so? I said to him; approche! qu'il m'a dit come closer! he says to me○.

B pron inter what; que fais-tu ? what are you doing?; que dire? what can you ou one say?; que faire? ( maintenant) what shall I do?, what am I to do?; ( au passé) what could I do?, what was I to do?; que veux-tu pour ton anniversaire? what do you want for your birthday?; qu'est-ce que tu en penses? what do you think?; je ne sais que dire I don't know what to say; je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit I don't know what he said; que sont ces traces? what are those tracks?; qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? what's that?; qu'importe? what does it matter?

C pron rel

1 ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent) Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday; c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen;

2 ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent) je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée I don't like the car (that) you've bought; le livre qu'il a écrit juste après la guerre the book that he wrote just after the war; les photos que vous regardez ont été prises à Rome the photographs that ou which you are looking at were taken in Rome; c'est la plus belle fleur que j'aie jamais vue it's the most beautiful flower (that) I've ever seen;

3 ( employé comme attribut) that; la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue the old lady that she has become; énervé qu'il était il n'a pu terminer son discours he was so worked up that he couldn't finish his speech; de petite fille sage qu'elle était elle est devenue une petite peste she's changed from the good little girl that she was into a real pest; bête que je suis fool that I am; stupide que tu es! you silly thing!

D adv que vous êtes jolie! how pretty you are!; que c'est difficile/ennuyeux how difficult/boring it is; que c'est joli it's so pretty; ce que vous êtes jolie! you're so pretty!; que de monde/d'eau what a lot of people/water; qu'avait-il besoin de faire? why did he have to do?; que ne le disais-tu plus tôt? fml why didn't you say so earlier?; ‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’-‘oh que si!’ ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’-‘oh yes I have!’; que non! definitely not!; ‘tu en as besoin?’-‘que oui!’ ‘do you need it’-‘indeed I do!’; c'était une époque turbulente que le XVI^e siècle what a turbulent period the 16th century was.

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) adverbe

1. [combien]

que tu es naïf! you're so naive!, aren't you naive!

que de bruit ici! it's so noisy here!, what a lot of noise there is in here!

que de choses à faire dans une maison! there are so many things to do in a house!

qu'il a un grand nez! he's got such a big nose!

qu'est-ce que tu es bête! (familier) you're (ever) so stupid!

qu'est-ce qu'il m'a déçu! (familier) he really disappointed me!

2. [exprimant l'indignation]

que m'importent ses états d'âme! what do I care about what he feels!

(soutenu) [pourquoi] why

que ne l'as-tu (pas) dit plus tôt! why didn't you say so earlier?, I wish you had said so ou that earlier!

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) pronom relatif

1. [représente une personne] whom (soutenu), who, that

la fille qu'il a épousée the girl (whom) he married

sa sœur, que je n'avais pas vue depuis 10 ans, était là aussi her sister, whom ou who I hadn't seen for 10 years, was there too

la femme qu'elle était devenue the woman (that) she'd become

2. [représente un animal] which, that

3. [représente une chose, une idée] which, that

le contrat que j'ai signé the contract (which) ou that I signed

je ne suis pas la seule, que je sache I'm not the only one as far as I know

4. [pour souligner une caractéristique]

malheureux que vous êtes! you unfortunate man!

fatiguée qu'elle était, elle continuait à l'aider tired though ou as she was, she carried on helping him

de timide qu'il était, il est devenu expansif once a shy man, he's now an extrovert

toute jaune qu'elle était, l'eau! (familier) the water was all yellow, really it was!

en bon père/électricien qu'il était being the good father/electrician he was

bel exploit que le sien! what he's done is quite a feat!

une chance, que cette panne! very lucky, this breakdown!

5. [dans des expressions de temps, de durée]

ça fait deux heures que j'attends I've been waiting for two hours

un soir qu'il faisait très chaud one very hot evening, one evening when the weather was very hot

le temps que tu te prépares, il sera trop tard by the time you're ready it'll be too late

il n'y a pas longtemps qu'elle l'a vendu it wasn't long ago that she sold it

il y a bien longtemps que je le sais I've known for a long time

chaque fois que je m'absente, il téléphone every time I'm out he phones

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) pronom interrogatif

1. [dans le discours direct] what

qu'y a-t-il? what's the matter?

que devient-elle? what's become of her?

qu'est-ce que je vois/j'entends? [ton menaçant ou hum] what is this I see/hear?

qu'est-ce qui t'arrive? what's the matter with you?

qu'est-ce que la liberté? what is freedom?

2. [dans le discours indirect] what

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) conjonction

1. [après des verbes déclaratifs ou des verbes d'évaluation] that

je sais que je peux le faire I know (that) I can do it

il est possible que je revienne I may come back

exigez qu'on vous indemnise demand compensation ou to be compensated

elle murmura qu'elle devait s'en aller she whispered that she had to go

[en début de proposition]

que leur fils ait fugué, cela ne devrait pas nous surprendre the fact that their son ran away shouldn't come as a surprise to us

que tu pleures ne changera rien your ou you crying won't change anything

2. (à valeur circonstancielle) [et déjà] than

il n'a pas fini de lire un roman qu'il en commence un autre no sooner has he finished one novel than he starts reading another

[afin que] so that

approche-toi, que je te voie mieux come closer so that I can see you better

[à tel point que]

elle tousse que ça réveille tout le monde (familier) she coughs so much (that) she wakes everybody up

il est têtu que ça en devient un vrai problème (familier) he's so ou that stubborn (that) it's a real problem

[dialecte: parce que]

ne viens pas, que si je te vois je te tue! don't come, 'cos if I see you I'll kill you!

3. (suivi du subjonctif) [pour formuler un ordre, un souhait, une éventualité]

qu'elle parle!

a. [faites-la parler] make her talk!

b. [laissez-la parler] let her speak!

que l'on apporte à boire! bring some drinks!

eh bien, qu'il s'en aille s'il n'est pas content! he can leave if he doesn't like it!

que Dieu nous pardonne may God forgive us

qu'il m'attaque et je dis tout just let him (try and) attack me, and I'll reveal everything

4. (soutenu) [dans une double hypothèse]

il me l'interdirait que je le ferais quand même I would do it even if he forbade me to

5. [répète la conjonction précédente]

quand je serai grande et que j'aurai un métier when I'm grown up and (I) have a job

6. [formule de présentation et d'insistance]

je croyais l'affaire faite et voilà qu'elle n'est pas d'accord I thought the deal was clinched and now I find she disagrees

si je n'ai rien dit, c'est que je craignais de te vexer if I said nothing, it was because I was afraid of upsetting you

que oui! oh yes indeed!

que non! certainly not!

tu n'iras pas — que si! you won't go — oh yes I will ou I will too!

que tu crois/dis! (familier) that's what YOU think/say!

7. [dans une formule interrogative]

est-ce que tu viendras? will you come?

comment qu'il a fait? (familier) how did he manage?

————————

que... ne locution conjonctive

without

aucune décision n'est prise que je ne sois préalablement consulté no decision is made without my being consulted first

————————

que... ou non locution conjonctive

whether... or not

que tu me croies ou non whether you believe me or not

————————

que... (ou) que locution conjonctive

whether... or

qu'il fasse beau, qu'il pleuve, je sors me promener come rain or come shine, I go out for a walk

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > que

6 ὅς

ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases

A ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh. οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem. ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only ἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,

A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.

B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)

A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:

I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ or καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
; ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
; ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it, μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.

II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:

1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.

2 ὃς καὶ ὅς
such and such a person, Hdt.4.68
:—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.

3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.

4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art., Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
; ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
; ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; so τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ; ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ; ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
; πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv., ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
; ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons., ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
; ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.

B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).

0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):

I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:

1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec., φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
; τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ; πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ; τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.
β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;
τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom.., S.OC 731
; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.

2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;
κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,
12.97
;
αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who.., E.Or. 920
: rare in Prose, ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.

3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.

4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;
τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which.., D.19.44
; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.

5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec., ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
; τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.

II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows, ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.

b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat., Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.

2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44; σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.); φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.

3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.; οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
; οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
; ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).

III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:

1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ; ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
; ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.

2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:

a [tense] pres. ind., τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
; κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ; Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also after ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.

b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν: ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
; οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses, Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ; πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.

c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense, ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431
.

IV peculiar Idioms:

1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ; ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.

2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc., ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.; ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
; ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj., ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
; ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf., ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.

3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ; συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
; τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
; τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.

4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;
κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may.., Il. 9.165
: and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ; πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt., ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.

5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.

6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses, γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ; γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att., ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ; πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7; δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
; γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).

b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).

7 in exclamations, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:

I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.

II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.

III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.

2 Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.
, called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.

IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.

2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf. ὅστις 1
.

V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:

I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,

1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; οὗ δή A.Pr. 814
, v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; οὗπερ A.Th. 1016
, S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances, οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
; εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.;
ἔστιν οὗ
in some places, E.Or. 638
;
οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others.., Arist.Oec. 1345b34
: c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583]; ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
; συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.

2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.); ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.

II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.

III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.

2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence) μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
; ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).

IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ Il.1.120
, al.; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος 20.283
,al.

2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.

3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.

V ἀφ' οὗπερ
from the time that.., A.Pers. 177
.

VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.

------------------------------------

ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.

A οἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al., οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:

I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ; ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art., τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
; τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367
(lyr.); ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639
(iamb.); ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art., λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
; ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
; τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.); τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose, τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt., γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.

II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and

III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

7 VERA

being

* * *

I)

(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.

1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;

2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;

3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;

4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;

5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;

6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;

7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;

8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;

9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;

10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.

II)

f.

1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;

2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).

* * *

older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.

A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:

I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.

2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.

3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.

II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.

2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.

3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.

4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).

III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.

IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.

B. USAGE.—To be:

I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.

2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.

3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.

4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.

5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).

II. with a predicate:

1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.

2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.

3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.

4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.

5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.

6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.

III. irregular usages:

1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.

2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.

IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.

V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).

VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA

8 Alius

1.
Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):
postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
2.
ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:
alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:
alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:
aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:
ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:
alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:
aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
I.
A.. In gen.:
eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:
alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:
plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:
cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:
an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:
dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:
nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:
panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:
quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:
ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:
datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:
adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:
aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:
ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:
nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:
si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:
Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:
tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:
Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:
alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:
nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:
alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:
plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:
aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:
Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:
estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:
aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:
aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:
alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:
alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:
sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:
haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —
Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):
ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:
utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,
si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:
an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:
siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:
neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
► Instances of the rare gen.
alius:
alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:
alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:
alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:
artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:
alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:
nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
B.
In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
(α).
With atque, ac, or et:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:
potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:
res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:
longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:
alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:
lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
(β).
With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:
neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:
erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:
Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:
nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:
quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:
Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:
neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:
Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;
Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:
ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:
et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:
sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:
ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:
mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:
quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,
Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:
te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:
quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:
Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:
Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:
Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:
Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:
Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:
Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:
Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —
(γ).
With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):
qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:
quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:
neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:
alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:
accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
(δ).
With praeter:
nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:
nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:
non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:
rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:
Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:
nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
(ε).
With extra (eccl. Lat.):
neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
(ζ).
With absque (eccl. Lat.):
non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
(η).
With praeterquam:
cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.
II.
Esp.
A.
In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:
quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:
latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:
alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:
cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;
immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:
nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:
alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:
Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:
castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:
alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;
alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:
Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:
Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:
aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:
aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:
jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
B.
Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.
Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:
fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:
fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:
signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:
alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:
alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:
dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:
ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:
ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:
habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a
l'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:
legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:
alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:
cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:
alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:
alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:
alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:
aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:
equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:
cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:
jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
C.
Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:
ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:
alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:
ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:
alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:
aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:
nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:
quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:
aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:
deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—
D.
Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:
eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:
alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:
inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:
cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:
milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:
luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:
febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:
cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:
aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:
saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:
aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—
E.
Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:
nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):
alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:
Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:
longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:
Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:
lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:
ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:
ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:
alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:
homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:
mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;
qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:
frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:
de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
F.
Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:
Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:
inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:
vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:
legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:
cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
G.
Like alter, one of two, the other of two:
huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;
magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:
duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:
ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:
marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,
alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:
classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):
ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:
alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
H.
A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:
mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:
facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:
Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:
quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:
quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:
(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:
non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
1.
In gen.
a.
Of place:
fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:
ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:
translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:
decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:
nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:
Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —
b.
Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):
illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:
ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:
hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:
sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:
quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
c.
Of purpose or design:
appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:
hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
2.
a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:
hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:
nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
b.
Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:
et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:
aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:
quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
c.
Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;
in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:
quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
B.
ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
C.
ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
1.
Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
a.
At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.
Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):
sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:
et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:
nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:
recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:
Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;
nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:
gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:
alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;
as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:
consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:
numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:
non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:
si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):
Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—
b.
Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:
Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:
nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:
contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:
cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:
nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:
hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:
illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
c.
Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:
et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:
alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:
(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:
ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
d.
Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;
also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:
fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:
quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:
cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:
cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:
neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:
nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
e.
Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
f.
Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:
ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
g.
Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):
non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:
non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:
non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;
11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:
haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
2.
Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):
Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:
sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—
3.
Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:
in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
4.
Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):
non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:
debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
5.
Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
D.
ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
1.
With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
a.
With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:
sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:
aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:
si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:
si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:
Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
b.
Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:
Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:
dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:
nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:
illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:
nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:
Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:
non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:
nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:
Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:
non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:
neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:
patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:
successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—
* c.
Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:
cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
d.
Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:
qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
e.
Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:
neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
2.
Without a comparative clause expressed.
a.
In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:
vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:
tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:
ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:
Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:
quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:
Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:
non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:
Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:
aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:
haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:
haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:
non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:
neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:
neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:
nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;
Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;
fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
b.
Esp.
(α).
Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:
verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):
amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:
dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:
sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
(β).
Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:
sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;
ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:
jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:
si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:
aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:
aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:
veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:
quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
(δ).
Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:
aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:
Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:
aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
(ε).
With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):
quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:
hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
(ζ).
Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):
non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:
idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Alius

9 alius

1.
Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):
postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
2.
ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:
alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:
alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:
aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:
ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:
alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:
aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
I.
A.. In gen.:
eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:
alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:
plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:
cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:
an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:
dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:
nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:
panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:
quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:
ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:
datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:
adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:
aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:
ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:
nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:
si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:
Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:
tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:
Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:
alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:
nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:
alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:
plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:
aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:
Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:
estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:
aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:
aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:
alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:
alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:
sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:
haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —
Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):
ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:
utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,
si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:
an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:
siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:
neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
► Instances of the rare gen.
alius:
alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:
alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:
alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:
artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:
alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:
nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
B.
In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
(α).
With atque, ac, or et:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:
potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:
res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:
longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:
alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:
lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
(β).
With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:
neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:
erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:
Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:
nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:
quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:
Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:
neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:
Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;
Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:
ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:
et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:
sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:
ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:
mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:
quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,
Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:
te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:
quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:
Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:
Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:
Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:
Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:
Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:
Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:
Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —
(γ).
With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):
qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:
quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:
neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:
alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:
accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
(δ).
With praeter:
nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:
nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:
non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:
rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:
Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:
nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
(ε).
With extra (eccl. Lat.):
neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
(ζ).
With absque (eccl. Lat.):
non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
(η).
With praeterquam:
cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.
II.
Esp.
A.
In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:
quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:
latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:
alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:
cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;
immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:
nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:
alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:
Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:
castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:
alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;
alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:
Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:
Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:
aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:
aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:
jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
B.
Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.
Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:
fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:
fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:
signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:
alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:
alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:
dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:
ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:
ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:
habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a
l'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:
legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:
alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:
cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:
alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:
alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:
alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:
aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:
equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:
cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:
jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
C.
Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:
ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:
alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:
ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:
alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:
aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:
nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:
quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:
aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:
deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—
D.
Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:
eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:
alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:
inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:
cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:
milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:
luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:
febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:
cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:
aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:
saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:
aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—
E.
Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:
nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):
alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:
Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:
longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:
Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:
lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:
ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:
ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:
alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:
homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:
mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;
qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:
frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:
de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
F.
Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:
Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:
inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:
vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:
legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:
cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
G.
Like alter, one of two, the other of two:
huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;
magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:
duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:
ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:
marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,
alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:
classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):
ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:
alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
H.
A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:
mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:
facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:
Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:
quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:
quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:
(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:
non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
1.
In gen.
a.
Of place:
fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:
ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:
translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:
decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:
nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:
Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —
b.
Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):
illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:
ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:
hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:
sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:
quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
c.
Of purpose or design:
appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:
hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
2.
a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:
hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:
nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
b.
Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:
et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:
aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:
quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
c.
Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;
in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:
quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
B.
ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
C.
ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
1.
Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
a.
At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.
Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):
sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:
et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:
nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:
recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:
Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;
nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:
gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:
alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;
as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:
consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:
numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:
non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:
si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):
Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—
b.
Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:
Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:
nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:
contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:
cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:
nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:
hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:
illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
c.
Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:
et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:
alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:
(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:
ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
d.
Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;
also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:
fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:
quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:
cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:
cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:
neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:
nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
e.
Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
f.
Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:
ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
g.
Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):
non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:
non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:
non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;
11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:
haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
2.
Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):
Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:
sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—
3.
Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:
in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
4.
Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):
non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:
debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
5.
Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
D.
ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
1.
With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
a.
With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:
sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:
aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:
si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:
si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:
Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
b.
Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:
Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:
dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:
nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:
illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:
nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:
Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:
non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:
nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:
Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:
non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:
neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:
patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:
successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—
* c.
Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:
cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
d.
Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:
qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
e.
Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:
neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
2.
Without a comparative clause expressed.
a.
In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:
vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:
tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:
ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:
Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:
quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:
Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:
non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:
Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:
aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:
haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:
haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:
non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:
neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:
neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:
nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;
Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;
fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
b.
Esp.
(α).
Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:
verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):
amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:
dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:
sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
(β).
Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:
sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;
ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:
jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:
si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:
aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:
aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:
veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:
quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
(δ).
Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:
aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:
Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:
aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
(ε).
With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):
quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:
hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
(ζ).
Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):
non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:
idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alius

10 solutum

solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:
soluisse,
Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
I.
To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
A.
In a corporeal sense.
1.
Outwardly, to release.
a.
From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:
solvite istas,
i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:
solvite istum,
id. Mil. 5, 32:
numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,
id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:
jube solvi (eum),
Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:
ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:
ut vincti solvantur,
id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §
12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:
ita nexi soluti (sunt),
Liv. 8, 28, 9:
solvite me, pueri,
Verg. E. 6, 24:
fore ut brevi solveretur,
Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:
canis solutus catena,
Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:
solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),
Stat. Th. 5, 15:
terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,
Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
b.
From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:
solverat sol equos,
unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:
et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:
et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,
id. H. 11, 4:
praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,
Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:
soluta toga,
Quint. 11, 3, 147:
vela solvere,
Verg. A. 4, 574.—
c.
From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:
Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,
Prop. 2, 1, 69:
fraxinus solvitur,
from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:
ceciditque soluta pinus,
id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:
pinus radice soluta, deficit,
id. S. 5, 1, 152:
solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:
accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,
detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;
but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,
Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:
querno solvunt de stipite funem,
id. F. 4, 333:
fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,
id. Am. 2, 11, 23:
curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),
Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:
imber caelesti nube solutus,
Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:
cum solis radii absumant,
Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:
solutum a latere pugionem,
detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
d.
Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
(α).
With acc. alone:
eisce confectis navem solvimus,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:
navim cupimus solvere,
id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:
naves solvit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;
3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,
Liv. 45, 6:
postero die solvere naves (jussi),
id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:
classem solvere,
Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
(β).
With ab and abl.:
navis a terra solverunt,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101:
quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,
Liv. 31, 7 med.:
solvunt a litore puppes,
Luc. 2, 649.—
(γ).
With ex and abl.:
nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:
interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
(δ).
With abl.:
complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,
Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:
portu solventibus,
id. Mur. 2, 4.—
(ε).
Absol. (sc. navem or naves):
tertia fere vigilia solvit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 23:
nos eo die cenati solvimus,
Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:
altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,
Liv. 31, 14 init.:
qui inde solverant,
Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:
solvi mare languido,
Sen. Ep. 53, 1:
fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,
id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:
non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,
making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
(ζ).
With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):
naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,
Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
(η).
Poet. usages:
de litore puppis solvit iter,
clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:
nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,
Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
e.
Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,
Lucr. 6, 706:
cruor solvitur,
Stat. Th. 9, 530:
lacrimas solvere,
id. Achill. 2, 256:
solutis lacrimis,
Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,
partus solvere,
to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
2.
To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
a.
In gen.:
omne colligatum solvi potest,
Cic. Fin. 11.—
b.
Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
solvere naves et rursus conjungere,
Curt. 8, 10, 3:
solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,
Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:
dubitavit an solveret pontem,
Curt. 4, 16, 8:
solvere pontem,
Tac. A. 1, 69:
si pons solutus sit,
Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:
solutus pons tempestatibus,
Just. 2, 13, 9:
currum (solis) solutum,
Manil. 1, 740.—
c.
Of woven stuff:
solvens texta,
Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
d.
Of mountains:
utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),
Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:
tridente Neptunus montem solvit,
id. Agam. 553.—
e.
Of the neck:
soluta cervix silicis impulsu,
broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
f.
Of a comet:
momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
g.
Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:
solve capillos,
Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:
crinem,
id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:
comas casside,
Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
h.
Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;
post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,
Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:
ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,
Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
3.
To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
(α).
Of a change into air or gas:
calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,
dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:
nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,
id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:
ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,
Stat. Th. 5, 285;
nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,
Ov. M. 15, 845.—
(β).
Into a liquid, to melt:
saepe terra in tabem solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:
terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,
id. ib. 3, 29, 4:
nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,
Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:
ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,
nivem solvere,
id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:
rigor auri solvitur aestu,
Lucr. 1, 493:
ferrum calidi solvant camini,
Manil. 4, 250:
cerae igne solutae,
Ov. A. A. 2, 47:
Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,
Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:
(herba) quinto die solvitur,
id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
(γ).
Of putrefaction:
(vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,
Verg. G. 4, 302.—
(δ).
Of change in general:
inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,
Ov. F. 1, 108:
repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),
Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
(ε).
Of expansion by heat:
(uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,
Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
(ζ).
Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:
gravitas aeris solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
(η).
Solvi in, to pass into, become:
in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,
Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:
donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,
disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:
postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),
Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
4.
To consume, to destroy, dissolve:
solvere orbes,
Manil. 1, 497:
ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),
Lucr. 3, 287:
(Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,
Liv. 39, 40, 11:
si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:
(turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,
id. ib. 7, 9, 4:
tabes solvit corpora,
Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:
nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),
id. 3, 506:
ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,
Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:
solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,
Sen. Ep. 22, 3:
hanc mihi solvite vitam,
Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
B.
Trop.
1.
To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
a.
From the body, etc.:
teque isto corpore solvo,
Verg. A. 4, 703:
soluta corpore anima,
Quint. 5, 14, 13:
qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,
Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:
vocem solvere,
to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:
suspiria solvit,
Stat. Th. 11, 604:
solvat turba jocos,
Sen. Med. 114:
solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),
Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:
Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,
unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
b.
Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:
linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,
Ov. M. 3, 261:
lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,
Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:
ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,
id. Const. 11, 3:
(fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,
Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:
magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,
Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.
of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,
unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
c.
From obligations and debts:
solvit me debito,
Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:
an nos debito solverit,
id. Ep. 81, 3:
ut religione civitas solvatur,
Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:
te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),
Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:
hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,
Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:
sacramento solvi,
Tac. A. 16, 13:
cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,
Dig. 49, 16, 13:
militia solvere,
Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:
ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,
Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:
ut manere solveretur,
that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
d.
From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):
si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,
be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:
atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,
id. ib. 4, 9:
sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,
Ov. F. 6, 452:
ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,
id. ib. 2, 40:
Helenen ego crimine solvo,
id. A. A. 2, 371:
quid crimine solvis Germanum?
Stat. Th. 11, 379:
solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
e.
From feelings, etc.:
quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,
Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:
cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,
Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:
senatus cura belli solutus,
Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:
pectus linquunt cura solutum,
Lucr. 2, 45:
his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,
Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:
soluti metu,
Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:
solvent formidine terras,
Verg. E. 4, 14:
solve metu patriam,
Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:
metu belli Scythas solvit,
Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:
haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:
soluti a cupiditatibus,
Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:
his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,
id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:
longo luctu,
Verg. A. 2, 26:
tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),
Sen. Hippol. 450:
solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,
id. Herc. Fur. 1063:
Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?
Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:
solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),
the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:
rabie tigrim,
Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:
ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),
Sen. Ep. 95, 38:
calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?
i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:
solvite animos,
Manil. 4, 12.—With in:
vix haec in munera solvo animum,
i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
f.
From sleep, very rare:
ego somno solutus sum,
awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
g.
From labor, business, etc.:
volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,
Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:
solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,
Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:
Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,
to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
h.
From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
frontem solvere disce,
Mart. 14, 183:
saltem ora trucesque solve genas,
Stat. Th. 11, 373:
solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:
solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,
be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:
vultum risu solvit,
relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:
risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,
Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,
solvere judicem,
unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:
solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),
Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:
ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:
cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:
solventur risu tabulae,
i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:
quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,
Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
k.
From any cause of restraint.
(α).
To release from siege:
Bassanitas obsidione solvere,
Liv. 44, 30:
patriam obsidione solvere,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
(β).
From moral restraints:
hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,
gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
l.
From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
(α).
To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:
Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,
Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:
cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 31:
ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,
id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:
Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),
id. Att. 1, 16, 13:
solvatne legibus Scipionem,
Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:
petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,
Liv. 31, 50, 8:
Scipio legibus solutus est,
id. Epit. 56:
Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,
Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:
ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,
Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:
(aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:
solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,
id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:
nec leti lege solutas,
Lucr. 3, 687:
nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),
Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:
et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,
Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
(β).
Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:
reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,
i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:
soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,
id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:
solutus Legibus insanis,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:
quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,
Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
2.
To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
(α).
Of troops, ranks, etc.:
ubi ordines procursando solvissent,
Liv. 42, 65, 8:
incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,
Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:
agmina Diductis solvere choris,
Verg. A. 5, 581:
solvit maniplos,
Juv. 8, 154:
solvuntur laudata cohors,
Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:
commissas acies ego possum solvere,
Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
(β).
Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:
convivio soluto,
Liv. 40, 14 fin.:
convivium solvit,
Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:
Quid cessas convivia solvere?
Ov. F. 6, 675:
coetuque soluto Discedunt,
id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
(γ).
Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:
(discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,
Quint. 1, 9, 2:
quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,
id. 9, 4, 14:
ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,
id. 1, 8, 13:
non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
3.
Implying a change for the worse.
a.
To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):
Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,
Sen. Ep. 51, 5:
usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:
infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,
Quint. 1, 2, 6:
solutus luxu,
id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:
soluti in luxum,
Tac. H. 2, 99:
in lasciviam,
id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:
si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,
Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
b.
To make torpid by removing sensation.
(α).
To relax, benumb the limbs or body;
as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,
Lucr. 6, 798:
ima Solvuntur latera,
Verg. G. 3, 523:
solvi debilitate corporis,
paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:
ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,
Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:
illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,
Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:
segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,
wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:
mentes solvere,
to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
(β).
By frost ( poet.):
solvuntur illi frigore membra,
Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
(γ).
By sleep ( poet. for sopio):
homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,
Ov. M. 7, 186:
corpora somnus Solverat,
id. ib. 10, 369:
molli languore solutus,
id. ib. 11, 648;
11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,
id. ib. 8, 817:
somno vinoque solutos,
id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:
ut membra solvit sopor,
id. ib. 12, 867:
non solvit pectora somnus,
Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:
solvitur in somnos,
Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:
aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,
lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
(δ).
By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:
corporibus quae senectus solvit,
Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):
(corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:
alius inter cenandum solutus est,
id. Ep. 66, 43:
ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,
id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:
me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,
Sen. Troad. 605:
solvi inedia,
Petr. 111:
sic morte quasi somno soluta est,
Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
4.
Of logical dissolution, to refute:
non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,
how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:
argumentum solvere,
Quint. 2, 17, 34:
solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,
Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
b.
To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:
deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,
Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
II.
To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
A.
In a corporeal sense.
1.
In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;
post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,
Quint. 2, 12, 1:
qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,
Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:
supera compage soluta,
Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
2.
To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:
nullo solvente catenas,
Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:
solvere frenum,
Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:
loris solutis,
Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:
qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,
Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:
gelu solvitur,
it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:
solvitur acris hiems,
Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:
facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:
Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,
looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:
indigno non solvit bracchia collo,
Stat. Th. 5, 217:
digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,
id. ib. 8, 585.—
3.
To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:
solve vidulum ergo,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:
eam solve cistulam,
id. Am. 2, 2, 151:
solve zonam,
untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:
solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,
Stat. Th. 5, 62:
animai nodos a corpore solvit,
Lucr. 2, 950:
nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,
Curt. 3, 1, 18:
quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?
Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:
solvere nodum,
Stat. Th. 11, 646:
laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,
Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:
vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,
Ov. M. 9, 58:
fasciam solve,
Sen. Ep. 80, 10:
solutis fasciis,
Curt. 7, 6, 5:
solvi fasciculum,
Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:
crinales vittas,
Verg. A. 7, 403:
Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,
Curt. 7, 2, 25:
equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,
Sen. Ep. 80, 9:
redimicula solvite collo,
Ov. F. 4, 135:
corollas de fronte,
Prop. 1, 3, 21:
solvere portas,
Stat. Th. 3, 492:
munimina valli,
id. ib. 12, 10:
ille pharetram Solvit,
Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:
solutis ac patefactis venis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:
venam cultello solvere,
Col. 6, 14; cf.
also: lychnis alvum solvit,
looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:
ventrem,
Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:
stomachus solutus = venter solutus,
loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
B.
Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
1.
Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
a.
Of the mouth, etc., to open:
talibus ora solvit verbis,
Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:
ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,
Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:
vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,
Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,
os promptius ac solutius,
Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:
hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
b.
To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:
si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,
Gai. Inst. 3, 160:
cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,
id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:
morte solvetur compromissum,
Dig. 4, 8, 27:
soluto matrimonio,
ib. 24, 3, 2:
solutum conjugium,
Juv. 9, 79:
qui... conjugalia solvit,
Sen. Med. 144:
nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,
Ov. M. 11, 743:
(sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,
cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
c.
To efface guilt or wrong:
magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,
Ov. F. 5, 304:
solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,
id. ib. 2, 44:
culpa soluta mea est,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:
neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
d.
Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;
less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,
Cic. Mil. 31, 85:
capite poenas solvit,
Sall. J. 69, 4:
meritas poenas solventem,
Curt. 6, 3, 14:
poenarum solvendi tempus,
Lucr. 5, 1224:
nunc solvo poenas,
Sen. Phoen. 172:
hac manu poenas tibi solvam,
id. Hippol. 1177.—
e.
To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:
atque animi curas e pectore solvat,
Lucr. 4, 908:
curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,
Hor. Epod. 9, 38:
patrimonii cura solvatur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §
2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,
Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:
solvite corde metum,
Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:
solve metus animo,
Stat. Th. 2, 356:
solvi pericula et metus narrant,
Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:
hoc uno solvitur ira modo,
id. A. A. 2, 460:
solvitque pudorem,
Verg. A. 4, 55.—
f.
Of sleep:
quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,
Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:
nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,
Luc. 6, 768; cf.:
lassitudinem solvere,
Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
g.
Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
(α).
To raise a siege:
solutam cernebat obsidionem,
Liv. 36, 10, 14:
soluta obsidione,
id. 36, 31, 7:
ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,
id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
(β).
Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:
cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,
Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
(γ).
To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:
quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,
Sall. J. 39, 5:
imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,
Sen. Oedip. 525:
sonipedes imperia solvunt,
id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:
sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,
Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
h.
Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:
solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),
Curt. 10, 2, 5:
solutae a se legis monitus,
Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:
cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,
Liv. 8, 4, 7:
(Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,
id. 1, 49, 7:
oportebat istum morem solvi,
Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
2.
Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
a.
To subvert discipline:
disciplinam militarem solvisti,
Liv. 8, 7, 16:
luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,
id. 40, 1, 4:
quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,
Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
b.
Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:
nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,
Sall. J. 41, 6:
patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,
Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:
vires solvere,
Quint. 9, 4, 7:
vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,
Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
c.
Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:
segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,
Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;
similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,
Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:
hoc firmos solvit amores,
Ov. A. A. 2, 385:
amores cantibus et herbis solvere,
Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
d.
Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:
vitex dicitur febres solvere,
Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:
solvit jejunia granis,
Ov. F. 4, 607:
quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,
id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,
famem,
Sen. Thyest. 64.—
e.
To delay:
hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,
Sen. Troad. 1131.—
f.
Of darkness, to dispel:
lux solverat umbras,
Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
g.
Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:
aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,
Sen. Phoen. 406:
electus formae certamina solvere pastor,
Stat. Achill. 2, 337:
jurgia solvere,
Manil. 3, 115:
contradictiones solvere,
Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
h.
Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:
quia quaestionem solvere non posset,
Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:
aenigmata,
Quint. 8, 6, 53:
omnes solvere posse quaestiones,
Suet. Gram. 11:
haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,
Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:
unum tantum hoc solvendum est,
that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:
puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,
id. Ep. 48, 6:
carmina non intellecta Solverat,
Ov. M. 7, 760:
triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,
Sen. Oedip. 102:
nodos juris,
Juv. 8, 50:
proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,
Quint. 5, 10, 96:
plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,
id. 1, 10, 49:
quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,
id. 3, 7, 3:
ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,
id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
3.
In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
a.
To pay.
(α).
Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:
quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,
Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:
inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),
Liv. 6, 14, 5:
quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,
id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:
pro vectura rem solvit?
paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:
ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:
tibi res soluta est recte,
id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:
ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,
id. ib. 5, 2, 20:
rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,
id. ib. 5, 3, 45:
dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:
res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,
id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);
semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,
they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:
si tergo res solvonda'st,
by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:
habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,
id. Curc. 3, 9:
tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
(β).
Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:
cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,
Cic. Fl. 18, 43:
ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,
id. ib. 20, 46:
misimus qui pro vectura solveret,
id. Att. 1, 3, 2:
qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,
Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:
ut creditori solvat,
Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:
si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,
it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:
numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,
to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:
fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,
id. ib. 2, 24, 84:
cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,
Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:
non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,
Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
(γ).
With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:
postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:
hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,
settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:
solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,
id. Fl. 23, 54:
ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,
id. Att. 16, 2, 1:
solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,
Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:
aes alienum solvere,
Sen. Ep. 36, 5:
quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?
id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,
debitum solvere,
id. ib. 6, 30, 2:
ne pecunias creditas solverent,
Cic. Pis. 35, 86:
ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:
ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,
Liv. 6, 15, 5:
ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:
cum patriae quod debes solveris,
Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
debet vero, solvitque praeclare,
id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:
aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,
Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:
qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,
id. ib. 2, 22 fin. —
(δ).
By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:
emi: pecuniam solvi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:
pro frumento nihil solvit,
id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §
169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,
Liv. 44, 16:
hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,
Nep. Milt. 7, 6:
nisi pecuniam solvisset,
id. Cim. 1, 1:
condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,
Liv. 30, 37 med.:
pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,
id. 36, 3, 1:
pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,
id. 32, 26, 14:
pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,
id. 40, 39 fin.:
meritam mercedem,
id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:
quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,
Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:
stipendium,
Liv. 28, 32, 1:
dotem mulieri,
Dig. 24, 3, 2:
litem aestimatam,
the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:
arbitria funeris,
the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:
solvere dodrantem,
to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:
dona puer solvit,
paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,
munera,
id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:
et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:
si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,
Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:
si (actor) solutus fuisset,
Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
(ε).
Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:
aliquid praesens solvere,
to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,
aliquid de praesentibus solvere,
Sen. Ep. 97, 16:
solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,
Vell. 2, 25:
quas solvere grates sufficiam?
Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;
nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,
Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:
unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,
id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):
Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,
Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:
homines dicere, se a me solvere,
id. ib. 5, 21, 11:
(summa) erat solvenda de meo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:
operas solvere alicui,
to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:
stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,
Gai. Inst. 4, 90:
iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,
Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;
2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,
a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.
in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,
Liv. 31, 13:
nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,
Dig. 50, 17, 105:
qui modo solvendo sint,
Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:
si solvendo sint,
Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:
nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,
Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:
solvendo non erat,
Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:
cum solvendo civitates non essent,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,
id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:
ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,
id. Off. 2, 22, 79;
and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,
Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:
*non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),
Vitr. 10, 6 fin. —
b.
To fulfil the duty of burial.
(α).
Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:
qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,
who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:
justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,
Curt. 3, 12, 15:
proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,
id. 10, 6, 7:
ut justa soluta Remo,
Ov. F. 5, 452:
nunc justa nato solve,
Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
(β).
Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:
exsequiis rite solutis,
Verg. A. 7, 5:
cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,
Sen. Hippol. 1198:
solvere suprema militibus,
Tac. A. 1, 61.—
c.
Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
(α).
Alone:
vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:
quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,
Liv. 31, 9 fin.:
liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,
id. 40, 44, 8:
placatis diis votis rite solvendis,
id. 36, 37 fin.:
petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,
id. 45, 44:
animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,
Sen. Ep. 73, 5:
vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,
Tac. A. 2, 69:
vota pater solvit,
Ov. M. 9, 707:
ne votum solvat,
Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:
voti debita solvere,
Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.
the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),
Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:
V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),
ib. 2022 et saep.:
sacra solvere (=votum solvere),
Manil. 1, 427.—
(β).
With dat.:
ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:
vota Jovi solvo,
Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:
sunt vota soluta deae,
id. F. 6, 248:
dis vota solvis,
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:
libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),
Just. 18, 5, 4.—
d.
Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:
fidem obligatam liberare,
Suet. Claud. 9):
illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,
Flor. 1, 1, 12;
similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),
Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
e.
Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):
perinde quasi promissum solvens,
Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:
solvitur quod cuique promissum est,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;
similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,
what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
A.
Lit.
1.
(Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:
tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,
id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:
reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,
id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:
cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?
Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:
nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,
unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:
duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,
Liv. 27, 51:
eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,
id. 24, 45, 10:
non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,
Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
2.
(Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;
postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,
Sen. Ep. 90, 21;
ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,
Col. 2, 9:
soluta et facilis terra,
id. 3, 14;
solum solutum vel spissum,
id. 2, 2 init.;
seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,
Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:
hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,
id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:
solutiores ripae,
Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:
mas spissior, femina solutior,
Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:
dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,
Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
3.
(Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:
turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:
aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:
debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
B.
Trop.
1.
(Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:
(orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,
Cic. Or. 47, 173:
verbis solutus satis,
id. ib. 47, 174:
solutissimus in dicendo,
id. ib. 48, 180.—
2.
Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:
quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?
Cic. Planc. 30, 72:
soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,
unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:
si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,
Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;
non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,
id. ib. 4, 21, 3;
solutus omni fenore,
Hor. Epod. 2, 4;
nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,
Liv. 8, 32, 5:
Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
3.
Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:
quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,
Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:
apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,
Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:
omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,
i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:
maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
4.
Free from cares, undistracted:
animo soluto liberoque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:
sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,
id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
5.
At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:
te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,
Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:
quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,
id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:
Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,
Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
6.
Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:
quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,
Cic. Dom. 39, 104:
an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?
Sen. Ep. 23, 4:
vultus,
Stat. Th. 5, 355:
(mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,
unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
7.
Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:
cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,
Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:
ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,
Liv. 29, 1 fin.:
Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,
Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:
incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,
Tac. A. 2, 4:
quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,
Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:
rectore solutos (solis) equos,
Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
8.
Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:
nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;
cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,
id. Div. 1, 2, 4:
judicio senatus soluto et libero,
id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:
sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,
id. Att. 1, 13, 2:
libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:
si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:
liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,
uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
9.
Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:
amores soluti et liberi,
Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:
licentia,
id. ib. 4, 4, 4:
populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,
id. ib. 1, 34, 53:
quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,
id. Mil. 13, 34:
quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,
Liv. 27, 31 fin.:
adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,
id. 2, 1, 2:
solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,
a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:
spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,
Suet. Aug. 44:
mores soluti,
licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
10.
Regardless of rules, careless, loose:
orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,
Cic. Brut. 62, 225:
dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,
Tac. A. 16, 18.—
11.
Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
(α).
Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:
est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,
Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
(β).
More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);
in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,
Cic. Or. 52, 174:
mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,
id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;
68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,
Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;
de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,
id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:
ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,
id. ib. 7, 1:
primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,
Cic. Brut. 8, 32:
Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,
id. Or. 57, 192:
et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,
id. ib. 64, 215:
a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,
id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
(γ).
Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:
ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:
nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,
id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
(δ).
Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:
soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,
Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:
solutiora componere,
id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
12.
Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):
sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,
Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
13.
Undisciplined, disorderly:
omnia soluta apud hostes esse,
Liv. 8, 30, 3:
nihil temeritate solutum,
Tac. A. 13, 40:
apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,
Just. 34, 2, 2.—
14.
Lax, remiss, weak:
mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,
Tac. Or. 18:
soluti ac fluentes,
Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:
solutum genus orationis,
a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:
quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,
laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
C.
(Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:
aliquid in solutum dare,
to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:
qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:
qui rem in solutum accipit,
Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;
in solutum imputare,
to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:
pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,
Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:
pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,
Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
1.
Thinly:
corpora diffusa solute,
Lucr. 4, 53.—
2.
Of speech, fluently:
non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,
Cic. Brut. 29, 110:
ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,
id. ib. 81, 280:
quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,
Tac. A. 4, 31.—
3.
Irregularly, loosely:
a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,
Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
4.
Freely, without restraint:
generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,
i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
5.
Of style, without connection, loosely:
enuntiare,
Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
6.
Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:
praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),
Liv. 39, 1, 4:
in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,
id. 23, 37, 6.—
7.
Weakly, tamely, without vigor:
quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,
Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
8.
Of morals, loosely, without restraint:
ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,
Tac. A. 13, 47.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solutum

11 solvo

solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:
soluisse,
Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
I.
To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
A.
In a corporeal sense.
1.
Outwardly, to release.
a.
From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:
solvite istas,
i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:
solvite istum,
id. Mil. 5, 32:
numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,
id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:
jube solvi (eum),
Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:
ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:
ut vincti solvantur,
id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §
12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:
ita nexi soluti (sunt),
Liv. 8, 28, 9:
solvite me, pueri,
Verg. E. 6, 24:
fore ut brevi solveretur,
Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:
canis solutus catena,
Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:
solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),
Stat. Th. 5, 15:
terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,
Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
b.
From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:
solverat sol equos,
unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:
et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:
et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,
id. H. 11, 4:
praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,
Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:
soluta toga,
Quint. 11, 3, 147:
vela solvere,
Verg. A. 4, 574.—
c.
From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:
Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,
Prop. 2, 1, 69:
fraxinus solvitur,
from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:
ceciditque soluta pinus,
id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:
pinus radice soluta, deficit,
id. S. 5, 1, 152:
solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:
accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,
detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;
but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,
Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:
querno solvunt de stipite funem,
id. F. 4, 333:
fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,
id. Am. 2, 11, 23:
curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),
Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:
imber caelesti nube solutus,
Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:
cum solis radii absumant,
Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:
solutum a latere pugionem,
detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
d.
Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
(α).
With acc. alone:
eisce confectis navem solvimus,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:
navim cupimus solvere,
id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:
naves solvit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;
3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,
Liv. 45, 6:
postero die solvere naves (jussi),
id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:
classem solvere,
Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
(β).
With ab and abl.:
navis a terra solverunt,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101:
quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,
Liv. 31, 7 med.:
solvunt a litore puppes,
Luc. 2, 649.—
(γ).
With ex and abl.:
nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:
interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
(δ).
With abl.:
complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,
Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:
portu solventibus,
id. Mur. 2, 4.—
(ε).
Absol. (sc. navem or naves):
tertia fere vigilia solvit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 23:
nos eo die cenati solvimus,
Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:
altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,
Liv. 31, 14 init.:
qui inde solverant,
Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:
solvi mare languido,
Sen. Ep. 53, 1:
fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,
id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:
non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,
making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
(ζ).
With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):
naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,
Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
(η).
Poet. usages:
de litore puppis solvit iter,
clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:
nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,
Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
e.
Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,
Lucr. 6, 706:
cruor solvitur,
Stat. Th. 9, 530:
lacrimas solvere,
id. Achill. 2, 256:
solutis lacrimis,
Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,
partus solvere,
to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
2.
To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
a.
In gen.:
omne colligatum solvi potest,
Cic. Fin. 11.—
b.
Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
solvere naves et rursus conjungere,
Curt. 8, 10, 3:
solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,
Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:
dubitavit an solveret pontem,
Curt. 4, 16, 8:
solvere pontem,
Tac. A. 1, 69:
si pons solutus sit,
Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:
solutus pons tempestatibus,
Just. 2, 13, 9:
currum (solis) solutum,
Manil. 1, 740.—
c.
Of woven stuff:
solvens texta,
Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
d.
Of mountains:
utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),
Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:
tridente Neptunus montem solvit,
id. Agam. 553.—
e.
Of the neck:
soluta cervix silicis impulsu,
broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
f.
Of a comet:
momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
g.
Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:
solve capillos,
Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:
crinem,
id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:
comas casside,
Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
h.
Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;
post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,
Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:
ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,
Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
3.
To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
(α).
Of a change into air or gas:
calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,
dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:
nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,
id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:
ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,
Stat. Th. 5, 285;
nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,
Ov. M. 15, 845.—
(β).
Into a liquid, to melt:
saepe terra in tabem solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:
terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,
id. ib. 3, 29, 4:
nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,
Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:
ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,
nivem solvere,
id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:
rigor auri solvitur aestu,
Lucr. 1, 493:
ferrum calidi solvant camini,
Manil. 4, 250:
cerae igne solutae,
Ov. A. A. 2, 47:
Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,
Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:
(herba) quinto die solvitur,
id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
(γ).
Of putrefaction:
(vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,
Verg. G. 4, 302.—
(δ).
Of change in general:
inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,
Ov. F. 1, 108:
repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),
Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
(ε).
Of expansion by heat:
(uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,
Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
(ζ).
Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:
gravitas aeris solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
(η).
Solvi in, to pass into, become:
in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,
Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:
donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,
disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:
postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),
Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
4.
To consume, to destroy, dissolve:
solvere orbes,
Manil. 1, 497:
ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),
Lucr. 3, 287:
(Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,
Liv. 39, 40, 11:
si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:
(turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,
id. ib. 7, 9, 4:
tabes solvit corpora,
Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:
nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),
id. 3, 506:
ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,
Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:
solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,
Sen. Ep. 22, 3:
hanc mihi solvite vitam,
Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
B.
Trop.
1.
To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
a.
From the body, etc.:
teque isto corpore solvo,
Verg. A. 4, 703:
soluta corpore anima,
Quint. 5, 14, 13:
qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,
Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:
vocem solvere,
to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:
suspiria solvit,
Stat. Th. 11, 604:
solvat turba jocos,
Sen. Med. 114:
solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),
Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:
Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,
unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
b.
Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:
linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,
Ov. M. 3, 261:
lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,
Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:
ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,
id. Const. 11, 3:
(fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,
Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:
magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,
Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.
of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,
unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
c.
From obligations and debts:
solvit me debito,
Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:
an nos debito solverit,
id. Ep. 81, 3:
ut religione civitas solvatur,
Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:
te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),
Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:
hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,
Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:
sacramento solvi,
Tac. A. 16, 13:
cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,
Dig. 49, 16, 13:
militia solvere,
Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:
ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,
Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:
ut manere solveretur,
that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
d.
From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):
si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,
be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:
atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,
id. ib. 4, 9:
sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,
Ov. F. 6, 452:
ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,
id. ib. 2, 40:
Helenen ego crimine solvo,
id. A. A. 2, 371:
quid crimine solvis Germanum?
Stat. Th. 11, 379:
solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
e.
From feelings, etc.:
quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,
Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:
cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,
Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:
senatus cura belli solutus,
Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:
pectus linquunt cura solutum,
Lucr. 2, 45:
his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,
Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:
soluti metu,
Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:
solvent formidine terras,
Verg. E. 4, 14:
solve metu patriam,
Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:
metu belli Scythas solvit,
Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:
haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:
soluti a cupiditatibus,
Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:
his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,
id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:
longo luctu,
Verg. A. 2, 26:
tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),
Sen. Hippol. 450:
solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,
id. Herc. Fur. 1063:
Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?
Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:
solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),
the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:
rabie tigrim,
Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:
ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),
Sen. Ep. 95, 38:
calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?
i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:
solvite animos,
Manil. 4, 12.—With in:
vix haec in munera solvo animum,
i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
f.
From sleep, very rare:
ego somno solutus sum,
awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
g.
From labor, business, etc.:
volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,
Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:
solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,
Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:
Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,
to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
h.
From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
frontem solvere disce,
Mart. 14, 183:
saltem ora trucesque solve genas,
Stat. Th. 11, 373:
solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:
solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,
be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:
vultum risu solvit,
relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:
risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,
Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,
solvere judicem,
unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:
solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),
Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:
ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:
cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:
solventur risu tabulae,
i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:
quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,
Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
k.
From any cause of restraint.
(α).
To release from siege:
Bassanitas obsidione solvere,
Liv. 44, 30:
patriam obsidione solvere,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
(β).
From moral restraints:
hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,
gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
l.
From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
(α).
To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:
Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,
Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:
cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 31:
ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,
id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:
Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),
id. Att. 1, 16, 13:
solvatne legibus Scipionem,
Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:
petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,
Liv. 31, 50, 8:
Scipio legibus solutus est,
id. Epit. 56:
Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,
Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:
ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,
Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:
(aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:
solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,
id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:
nec leti lege solutas,
Lucr. 3, 687:
nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),
Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:
et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,
Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
(β).
Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:
reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,
i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:
soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,
id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:
solutus Legibus insanis,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:
quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,
Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
2.
To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
(α).
Of troops, ranks, etc.:
ubi ordines procursando solvissent,
Liv. 42, 65, 8:
incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,
Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:
agmina Diductis solvere choris,
Verg. A. 5, 581:
solvit maniplos,
Juv. 8, 154:
solvuntur laudata cohors,
Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:
commissas acies ego possum solvere,
Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
(β).
Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:
convivio soluto,
Liv. 40, 14 fin.:
convivium solvit,
Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:
Quid cessas convivia solvere?
Ov. F. 6, 675:
coetuque soluto Discedunt,
id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
(γ).
Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:
(discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,
Quint. 1, 9, 2:
quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,
id. 9, 4, 14:
ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,
id. 1, 8, 13:
non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
3.
Implying a change for the worse.
a.
To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):
Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,
Sen. Ep. 51, 5:
usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:
infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,
Quint. 1, 2, 6:
solutus luxu,
id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:
soluti in luxum,
Tac. H. 2, 99:
in lasciviam,
id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:
si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,
Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
b.
To make torpid by removing sensation.
(α).
To relax, benumb the limbs or body;
as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,
Lucr. 6, 798:
ima Solvuntur latera,
Verg. G. 3, 523:
solvi debilitate corporis,
paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:
ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,
Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:
illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,
Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:
segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,
wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:
mentes solvere,
to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
(β).
By frost ( poet.):
solvuntur illi frigore membra,
Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
(γ).
By sleep ( poet. for sopio):
homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,
Ov. M. 7, 186:
corpora somnus Solverat,
id. ib. 10, 369:
molli languore solutus,
id. ib. 11, 648;
11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,
id. ib. 8, 817:
somno vinoque solutos,
id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:
ut membra solvit sopor,
id. ib. 12, 867:
non solvit pectora somnus,
Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:
solvitur in somnos,
Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:
aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,
lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
(δ).
By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:
corporibus quae senectus solvit,
Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):
(corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:
alius inter cenandum solutus est,
id. Ep. 66, 43:
ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,
id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:
me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,
Sen. Troad. 605:
solvi inedia,
Petr. 111:
sic morte quasi somno soluta est,
Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
4.
Of logical dissolution, to refute:
non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,
how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:
argumentum solvere,
Quint. 2, 17, 34:
solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,
Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
b.
To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:
deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,
Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
II.
To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
A.
In a corporeal sense.
1.
In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;
post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,
Quint. 2, 12, 1:
qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,
Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:
supera compage soluta,
Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
2.
To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:
nullo solvente catenas,
Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:
solvere frenum,
Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:
loris solutis,
Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:
qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,
Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:
gelu solvitur,
it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:
solvitur acris hiems,
Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:
facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,
Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:
Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,
looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:
indigno non solvit bracchia collo,
Stat. Th. 5, 217:
digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,
id. ib. 8, 585.—
3.
To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:
solve vidulum ergo,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:
eam solve cistulam,
id. Am. 2, 2, 151:
solve zonam,
untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:
solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,
Stat. Th. 5, 62:
animai nodos a corpore solvit,
Lucr. 2, 950:
nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,
Curt. 3, 1, 18:
quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?
Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:
solvere nodum,
Stat. Th. 11, 646:
laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,
Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:
vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,
Ov. M. 9, 58:
fasciam solve,
Sen. Ep. 80, 10:
solutis fasciis,
Curt. 7, 6, 5:
solvi fasciculum,
Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:
crinales vittas,
Verg. A. 7, 403:
Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,
Curt. 7, 2, 25:
equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,
Sen. Ep. 80, 9:
redimicula solvite collo,
Ov. F. 4, 135:
corollas de fronte,
Prop. 1, 3, 21:
solvere portas,
Stat. Th. 3, 492:
munimina valli,
id. ib. 12, 10:
ille pharetram Solvit,
Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:
solutis ac patefactis venis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:
venam cultello solvere,
Col. 6, 14; cf.
also: lychnis alvum solvit,
looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:
ventrem,
Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:
stomachus solutus = venter solutus,
loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
B.
Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
1.
Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
a.
Of the mouth, etc., to open:
talibus ora solvit verbis,
Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:
ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,
Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:
vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,
Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,
os promptius ac solutius,
Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:
hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
b.
To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:
si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,
Gai. Inst. 3, 160:
cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,
id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:
morte solvetur compromissum,
Dig. 4, 8, 27:
soluto matrimonio,
ib. 24, 3, 2:
solutum conjugium,
Juv. 9, 79:
qui... conjugalia solvit,
Sen. Med. 144:
nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,
Ov. M. 11, 743:
(sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,
cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
c.
To efface guilt or wrong:
magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,
Ov. F. 5, 304:
solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,
id. ib. 2, 44:
culpa soluta mea est,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:
neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
d.
Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;
less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,
Cic. Mil. 31, 85:
capite poenas solvit,
Sall. J. 69, 4:
meritas poenas solventem,
Curt. 6, 3, 14:
poenarum solvendi tempus,
Lucr. 5, 1224:
nunc solvo poenas,
Sen. Phoen. 172:
hac manu poenas tibi solvam,
id. Hippol. 1177.—
e.
To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:
atque animi curas e pectore solvat,
Lucr. 4, 908:
curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,
Hor. Epod. 9, 38:
patrimonii cura solvatur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §
2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,
Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:
solvite corde metum,
Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:
solve metus animo,
Stat. Th. 2, 356:
solvi pericula et metus narrant,
Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:
hoc uno solvitur ira modo,
id. A. A. 2, 460:
solvitque pudorem,
Verg. A. 4, 55.—
f.
Of sleep:
quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,
Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:
nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,
Luc. 6, 768; cf.:
lassitudinem solvere,
Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
g.
Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
(α).
To raise a siege:
solutam cernebat obsidionem,
Liv. 36, 10, 14:
soluta obsidione,
id. 36, 31, 7:
ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,
id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
(β).
Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:
cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,
Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
(γ).
To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:
quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,
Sall. J. 39, 5:
imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,
Sen. Oedip. 525:
sonipedes imperia solvunt,
id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:
sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,
Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
h.
Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:
solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),
Curt. 10, 2, 5:
solutae a se legis monitus,
Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:
cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,
Liv. 8, 4, 7:
(Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,
id. 1, 49, 7:
oportebat istum morem solvi,
Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
2.
Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
a.
To subvert discipline:
disciplinam militarem solvisti,
Liv. 8, 7, 16:
luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,
id. 40, 1, 4:
quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,
Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
b.
Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:
nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,
Sall. J. 41, 6:
patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,
Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:
vires solvere,
Quint. 9, 4, 7:
vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,
Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
c.
Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:
segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,
Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;
similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,
Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:
hoc firmos solvit amores,
Ov. A. A. 2, 385:
amores cantibus et herbis solvere,
Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
d.
Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:
vitex dicitur febres solvere,
Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:
solvit jejunia granis,
Ov. F. 4, 607:
quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,
id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,
famem,
Sen. Thyest. 64.—
e.
To delay:
hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,
Sen. Troad. 1131.—
f.
Of darkness, to dispel:
lux solverat umbras,
Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
g.
Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:
aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,
Sen. Phoen. 406:
electus formae certamina solvere pastor,
Stat. Achill. 2, 337:
jurgia solvere,
Manil. 3, 115:
contradictiones solvere,
Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
h.
Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:
quia quaestionem solvere non posset,
Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:
aenigmata,
Quint. 8, 6, 53:
omnes solvere posse quaestiones,
Suet. Gram. 11:
haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,
Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:
unum tantum hoc solvendum est,
that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:
puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,
id. Ep. 48, 6:
carmina non intellecta Solverat,
Ov. M. 7, 760:
triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,
Sen. Oedip. 102:
nodos juris,
Juv. 8, 50:
proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,
Quint. 5, 10, 96:
plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,
id. 1, 10, 49:
quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,
id. 3, 7, 3:
ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,
id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
3.
In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
a.
To pay.
(α).
Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:
quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,
Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:
inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),
Liv. 6, 14, 5:
quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,
id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:
pro vectura rem solvit?
paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:
ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:
tibi res soluta est recte,
id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:
ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,
id. ib. 5, 2, 20:
rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,
id. ib. 5, 3, 45:
dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:
res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,
id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);
semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,
they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:
si tergo res solvonda'st,
by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:
habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,
id. Curc. 3, 9:
tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
(β).
Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:
cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,
Cic. Fl. 18, 43:
ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,
id. ib. 20, 46:
misimus qui pro vectura solveret,
id. Att. 1, 3, 2:
qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,
Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:
ut creditori solvat,
Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:
si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,
it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:
numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,
to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:
fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,
id. ib. 2, 24, 84:
cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,
Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:
non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,
Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
(γ).
With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:
postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:
hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,
settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:
solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,
id. Fl. 23, 54:
ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,
id. Att. 16, 2, 1:
solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,
Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:
aes alienum solvere,
Sen. Ep. 36, 5:
quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?
id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,
debitum solvere,
id. ib. 6, 30, 2:
ne pecunias creditas solverent,
Cic. Pis. 35, 86:
ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:
ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,
Liv. 6, 15, 5:
ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:
cum patriae quod debes solveris,
Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
debet vero, solvitque praeclare,
id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:
aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,
Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:
qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,
id. ib. 2, 22 fin. —
(δ).
By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:
emi: pecuniam solvi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:
pro frumento nihil solvit,
id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §
169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,
Liv. 44, 16:
hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,
Nep. Milt. 7, 6:
nisi pecuniam solvisset,
id. Cim. 1, 1:
condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,
Liv. 30, 37 med.:
pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,
id. 36, 3, 1:
pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,
id. 32, 26, 14:
pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,
id. 40, 39 fin.:
meritam mercedem,
id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:
quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,
Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:
stipendium,
Liv. 28, 32, 1:
dotem mulieri,
Dig. 24, 3, 2:
litem aestimatam,
the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:
arbitria funeris,
the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:
solvere dodrantem,
to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:
dona puer solvit,
paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,
munera,
id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:
et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:
si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,
Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:
si (actor) solutus fuisset,
Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
(ε).
Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:
aliquid praesens solvere,
to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,
aliquid de praesentibus solvere,
Sen. Ep. 97, 16:
solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,
Vell. 2, 25:
quas solvere grates sufficiam?
Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;
nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,
Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:
unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,
id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):
Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,
Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:
homines dicere, se a me solvere,
id. ib. 5, 21, 11:
(summa) erat solvenda de meo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:
operas solvere alicui,
to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:
stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,
Gai. Inst. 4, 90:
iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,
Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;
2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,
a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.
in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,
Liv. 31, 13:
nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,
Dig. 50, 17, 105:
qui modo solvendo sint,
Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:
si solvendo sint,
Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:
nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,
Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:
solvendo non erat,
Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:
cum solvendo civitates non essent,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,
id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:
ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,
id. Off. 2, 22, 79;
and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,
Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:
*non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),
Vitr. 10, 6 fin. —
b.
To fulfil the duty of burial.
(α).
Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:
qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,
who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:
justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,
Curt. 3, 12, 15:
proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,
id. 10, 6, 7:
ut justa soluta Remo,
Ov. F. 5, 452:
nunc justa nato solve,
Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
(β).
Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:
exsequiis rite solutis,
Verg. A. 7, 5:
cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,
Sen. Hippol. 1198:
solvere suprema militibus,
Tac. A. 1, 61.—
c.
Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
(α).
Alone:
vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:
quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,
Liv. 31, 9 fin.:
liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,
id. 40, 44, 8:
placatis diis votis rite solvendis,
id. 36, 37 fin.:
petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,
id. 45, 44:
animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,
Sen. Ep. 73, 5:
vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,
Tac. A. 2, 69:
vota pater solvit,
Ov. M. 9, 707:
ne votum solvat,
Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:
voti debita solvere,
Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.
the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),
Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:
V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),
ib. 2022 et saep.:
sacra solvere (=votum solvere),
Manil. 1, 427.—
(β).
With dat.:
ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:
vota Jovi solvo,
Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:
sunt vota soluta deae,
id. F. 6, 248:
dis vota solvis,
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:
libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),
Just. 18, 5, 4.—
d.
Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:
fidem obligatam liberare,
Suet. Claud. 9):
illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,
Flor. 1, 1, 12;
similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),
Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
e.
Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):
perinde quasi promissum solvens,
Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:
solvitur quod cuique promissum est,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;
similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,
what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
A.
Lit.
1.
(Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:
tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,
id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:
reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,
id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:
cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?
Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:
nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,
unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:
duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,
Liv. 27, 51:
eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,
id. 24, 45, 10:
non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,
Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
2.
(Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;
postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,
Sen. Ep. 90, 21;
ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,
Col. 2, 9:
soluta et facilis terra,
id. 3, 14;
solum solutum vel spissum,
id. 2, 2 init.;
seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,
Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:
hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,
id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:
solutiores ripae,
Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:
mas spissior, femina solutior,
Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:
dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,
Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
3.
(Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:
turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:
aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:
debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
B.
Trop.
1.
(Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:
(orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,
Cic. Or. 47, 173:
verbis solutus satis,
id. ib. 47, 174:
solutissimus in dicendo,
id. ib. 48, 180.—
2.
Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:
quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?
Cic. Planc. 30, 72:
soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,
unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:
si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,
Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;
non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,
id. ib. 4, 21, 3;
solutus omni fenore,
Hor. Epod. 2, 4;
nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,
Liv. 8, 32, 5:
Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
3.
Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:
quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,
Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:
apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,
Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:
omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,
i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:
maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
4.
Free from cares, undistracted:
animo soluto liberoque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:
sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,
id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
5.
At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:
te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,
Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:
quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,
id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:
Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,
Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
6.
Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:
quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,
Cic. Dom. 39, 104:
an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?
Sen. Ep. 23, 4:
vultus,
Stat. Th. 5, 355:
(mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,
unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
7.
Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:
cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,
Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:
ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,
Liv. 29, 1 fin.:
Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,
Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:
incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,
Tac. A. 2, 4:
quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,
Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:
rectore solutos (solis) equos,
Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
8.
Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:
nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;
cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,
id. Div. 1, 2, 4:
judicio senatus soluto et libero,
id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:
sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,
id. Att. 1, 13, 2:
libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:
si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:
liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,
uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
9.
Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:
amores soluti et liberi,
Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:
licentia,
id. ib. 4, 4, 4:
populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,
id. ib. 1, 34, 53:
quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,
id. Mil. 13, 34:
quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,
Liv. 27, 31 fin.:
adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,
id. 2, 1, 2:
solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,
a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:
spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,
Suet. Aug. 44:
mores soluti,
licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
10.
Regardless of rules, careless, loose:
orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,
Cic. Brut. 62, 225:
dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,
Tac. A. 16, 18.—
11.
Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
(α).
Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:
est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,
Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
(β).
More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);
in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,
Cic. Or. 52, 174:
mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,
id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;
68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,
Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;
de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,
id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:
ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,
id. ib. 7, 1:
primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,
Cic. Brut. 8, 32:
Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,
id. Or. 57, 192:
et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,
id. ib. 64, 215:
a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,
id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
(γ).
Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:
ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:
nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,
id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
(δ).
Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:
soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,
Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:
solutiora componere,
id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
12.
Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):
sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,
Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
13.
Undisciplined, disorderly:
omnia soluta apud hostes esse,
Liv. 8, 30, 3:
nihil temeritate solutum,
Tac. A. 13, 40:
apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,
Just. 34, 2, 2.—
14.
Lax, remiss, weak:
mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,
Tac. Or. 18:
soluti ac fluentes,
Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:
solutum genus orationis,
a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:
quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,
laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
C.
(Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:
aliquid in solutum dare,
to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:
qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:
qui rem in solutum accipit,
Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;
in solutum imputare,
to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:
pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,
Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:
pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,
Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
1.
Thinly:
corpora diffusa solute,
Lucr. 4, 53.—
2.
Of speech, fluently:
non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,
Cic. Brut. 29, 110:
ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,
id. ib. 81, 280:
quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,
Tac. A. 4, 31.—
3.
Irregularly, loosely:
a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,
Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
4.
Freely, without restraint:
generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,
i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
5.
Of style, without connection, loosely:
enuntiare,
Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
6.
Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:
praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),
Liv. 39, 1, 4:
in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,
id. 23, 37, 6.—
7.
Weakly, tamely, without vigor:
quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,
Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
8.
Of morals, loosely, without restraint:
ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,
Tac. A. 13, 47.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solvo

12 πίστις

πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; ranging in meaning from subjective confidence to objective basis for confidence).

① that which evokes trust and faith

ⓐ the state of being someone in whom confidence can be placed, faithfulness, reliability, fidelity, commitment (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2, 1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; SIG 675, 22; OGI 557, 16; PTebt 27, 6; 51 [II B.C.]; POxy 494, 9; 705, 32; other pap M-M. s.v.; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; TestAsh 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness/commitment of God (cp. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith(fulness) Tit 2:10 (cp. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίστις, πραΰτης cp. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121; 6, 345; OGI 339, 46f; IBM III, 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262=LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below.

ⓑ a solemn promise to be faithful and loyal, assurance, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod S 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382) τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1 and cp. CIA app. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). Cp. Rv 2:3.

ⓒ a token offered as a guarantee of someth. promised, proof, pledge (Pla., Phd. 70b; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85: πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους 39, 3=p. 74, 20 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69) πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed a man [Jesus] to be judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all people by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 218 πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security; Vett. Val. 277, 29f) Ac 17:31. JBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878–84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7= bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ῾Η Πίστις in den Papyri, diss. Cologne, ’64.

② state of believing on the basis of the reliability of the one trusted, trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in ref. to deity (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12, 966de; Plut. Mor. 402e; 756b; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Appian, Liby. 57 §248 ἐς θεοὺς πίστις; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 70 [16, 1] and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 234f, among them Aberciusins. 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169; Just., A I, 52, 1 πίστιν ἔχειν; 53, 11 πειθὼ καὶ πίστιν … ἐμφορῆσαι), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid.

ⓐ God: πίστις θεοῦ (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 179.—Cp. π. καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cp. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the divine spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cp. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273; Just., D. 121, 2 διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον π.).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11–13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4–33, 39 (w. this catalogue of heroes cp. Il. 4, 457–538; 2 Km 23:8–39; 1 Ch 11:10–12:18; CGordon, Homer, and the Bible: HUCA 26, ’55, 83).—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cp. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT⁴ 1927, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb 1905, 109–18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWT 45, 1902, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. S. ὑπόστασις end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12.

ⓑ Christ

α. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cp. ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9.

β. of faith in Christ, designated by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. (s. Just., D. 52, 4 διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ) πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs. On interp. as obj. gen. s. AHultgren, NovT 22, ’80, 248–63 [lit.]; response SWilliams, CBQ 49, ’87, 431–47.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16ab, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cp. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Human One [Son of Man]); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christlichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161–82 and GKittel, StKr 79, 1906, 419ff. See also Schläger, ZNW 7, 1906, 356–58; BLongenecker, NTS 39, ’93, 478–80 [lit. since ’81]; DCampbell, JBL 113, ’94, 265–85; response BDodd, 114, ’95, 470–73.—ADeissmann, Paulus² 1925, 125f [Paul, tr. WWilson, 1926, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik 1924, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1921; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. 1924, 91–134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata 1930, 11–25; GTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58–76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee. Cp. GHoward, HTR 60, ’67, 459–65; MHooker, NTS 35, ’89, 321–42.)—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5 (Just., D. 40, 1).—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; sim. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cp. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2.

ⓒ πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13.

ⓓ πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith, firm commitment

α. as true piety, genuine devotion (Sextus 7a and 7; ParJer 6:7), which for our lit. means being a Christian (τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα … πίστει νονούμενον Hippol., Ref. 8, 18, 1; Did., Gen. 54, 11) Lk 18:8 (s. Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 v.l.; cp. 11:24.—6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17ab (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e. fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], but merely expresses in a rhetorical way that πίστις is the beginning and the end; s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-ins [ANock, Sallust. p. xxxiii, 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτοσ=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 [DCampbell, JBL 116, ’97, 713–19] is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest linguistically. Cp., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it. S. also Fitzmyer, ABComm. 360–64), 30f; 4:5–20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6 (s. ἀναλογία; for a difft. view 3 below); 14:1, 22 (s. ἐνώπιον 2b; others would place in 2dε), 23ab (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24ab; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7–26; 5:5, 6 (s. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος b); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19ab; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (s. also θύρα 1bγ). ἀκοὴ πίστεως Gal 3:2, 5 (s. ἀκοή 2 and 4b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίστεως the people of faith (s. ἐκ 3b) Gal 3:7, 9. πῶς οὐν [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν; Ox 1081, 25f (but here [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν is the preferable restoration w. Till after the Coptic SJCh 90, 2); 32. Of gnostics τοῦ ὄφεως πίστιν ἔχουσιν AcPlCor 2:20.—If the principal component of Christianity is faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes (cp. SIG 932, 7 [II/I B.C.]) νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5.

β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. There is here no qu. about the mng. of π. as confidence or assurance (s. 2a above), but on its relation to ὑπόστασις as its predication s. under that word.—(Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 18 interprets πιστεύειν in someth. as incapability to see someth. that is apparent only to God.) Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (s. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit² 1921, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2.

γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; IRo ins; ISm ins; 6:1; 13:2; AcPl Ha 8, 35. W. ἀγάπη and other abstracts 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cp. v 3, 8, 2–5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cp. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη 1aα). W. ἐλπίς only (cp. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια (TestLevi 8:2) 1 Ti 2:7 (cp. the combination POxy 70, 4f [III A.D.]); 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other abstracts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cp. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις (Just., D. 69, 1) et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1.—(Distinguished from θεία σοφία: Orig., C. Cels. 6, 13, 23.)

δ. faith as fidelity to Christian teaching. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14ab, 17, 18abc, 20, 22ab, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 8, 9, 1ab.

ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. as freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but s. α above).

ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that belongs to a select few 1 Cor 12:9. Here he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid people with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cp. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith may be what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cp. vs. 6. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παυλος AcPl Ha 5, 1.

③ that which is believed, body of faith/belief/teaching (Diod S 1, 23, 8 ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 8, 1; Iren., 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I, 92, 1]; Orig., C. Cels., 1, 42, 26; Did., Gen. 156, 23). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the term πίστις is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα end) and perh. Gal 3:23–25 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit 1903, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cp. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 (but s. ἀναλογία) and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 475–86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT⁴ 1927; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben1915; ANairne, The Faith of the NT 1920; RGyllenberg, Pistis 1922; WKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209–21; Dodd 65–68; TTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111–14; CMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3–6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte 1914; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul 1917; WHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion 1917; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls 1922; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, 1923, 43–57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls 1926; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683–99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi–xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZWT 13, ’37, 612–30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270–77; 298–300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310–26 (Engl. tr. KGrobel I ’51, 314–30; for the Johannines II, 70–92, ’55); MMassinger, BiblSacra 107, ’50, 181–94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3a.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: BiblSacra 80, 1923, 28–37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: RSR 21, ’31, 385–421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., diss. Breslau ’37; WHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century 1926.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, 1912, 61–140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit. (to Peripatetics), diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLührmann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19–38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.³ 534a (index); also DHay, JBL 108, ’89, 4611–76; DLindsay, Josephus and Faith ’93. On the Hellenistic concept πίστις Rtzst., Mysterienrel.³ 234–36.—DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πίστις

13 अङ्गम् _aṅgam

अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा]

1 The body.

-2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them)

-3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supple- mentary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval- kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expe- dient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also ( the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).

-4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.

-5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.

-6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश.

-7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas).

-8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also.

-9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas.

-ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north- east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a.

1 Contiguous.

-2 Having members or divisions.

-Comp. -अङ्गि, [

अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्).

-अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः).

-2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa).

-अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act.

-कर्मन् n.

-क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39.

-2 a supplementary sacrificial act.

-क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14.

-ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.

-ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड]

1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c.

-2 produced by a supple- mentary rite.

-3 beautiful, ornamental. (

-जः)

-जनुस् also

1 a son.

-2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32.

-3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161.

-4 drunkenness, intoxication.

-5 a disease. (

-जा) a daugh- ter. (

-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm.

-ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption.

-दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defec- tive construction; Māna.

-2 name of the 79th chapter.

-द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas.

-न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.

-पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि).

-पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v.

-प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72.

-प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making pre- sents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.).

-भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind.

(-भूः) 1 a son.

-2 Cupid.

-3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man- tras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.).

-भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2.

-2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85.

-3 The middle part of the anus and testicles.

-मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra.

-मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्]

1 one who shampoos his master's body.

-2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos.

-मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31.

-यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv.

-रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी).

-रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a body- guard, personal attendant Pt.3.

-रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (

-णम्) protection of person.

-रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्]

1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11.

-2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents.

-रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7.

-लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas.

-लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्]

1 a scented cosmetic.

-2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing.

-लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.

-वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse.

-विकल a. [तृ. त.]

1 maimed, paralysed.

-2 fainting, swooning.

-विकृतिः f.

1 change 2of bodily appearance; collapse.

-2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार).

-विकारः a bodily defect.

-विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation.

-2 a kind of dance.

-विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्]

1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge.

-2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5.

-विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act sub- servient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः).

-वीरः chief or princi- pal hero.

-वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.]

1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार)

-2 a nod, wink.

-3 changed bodily appearance.

-वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.).

-संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्)

1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c.

-2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person.

-संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body.

-संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt.

-सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition.

-सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body.

-सेवकः a personal attend- ant, body-guard.

-स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science.

-स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily con- tact or being touched by others.

-हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidi- ary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥

-हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91.

-हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि]

1 gesticula- tion.

-2 stage; dancing hall.

-हीन a. [तृ. त.]

1 muti- lated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अङ्गम् _aṅgam

14 שוא

שָׁוְאm. (b. h.; v. שָׁהָה) ( vacancy, vanity, inanity, falsehood. שבועת ש׳ a false oath, vowing to do something impossible, opp. בִּיטּוּי. Shebu.III, 9 שבועה שאוכל … והשנייה שבועת ש׳ (if one says) ‘I swear that I will eat this loaf, (and) I swear that I will not eat it, the former is a useless oath (or vow), the second a false oath; אכלה עבר על שבועת ש׳וכ׳ if he eats it, he is guilty of a false oath (having sworn that he would not eat it); if he does not eat it, he is (also) guilty of a useless oath. Ib. 8 איזוהי שבועת ש׳ נשבעוכ׳ what is a vain oath of affirmation? If one swears to that which is known to be otherwise, saying of a stone column that it is gold ; נשבע … שאי אפשרוכ׳ if one affirms an impossibility, saying I swear that I have seen a camel fly in the air. Ib. נשבע לבטל … זו היא שבועת ש׳וכ׳ if he swears that he will neglect a command, that he will not erect a Succah, …: that is a vain oath, on the wilful pronouncing of which he is punished with stripes Ib. 21a איזוהי שבועת ש׳ … שקר נשבעוכ׳ what is a vain oath? If one swears to what is known to be otherwise; a false oath, if one swears to the opposite of the truth (e. g. ‘I have eaten, when he has not, ‘I have not eaten, when he has), v. שֶׁקֶר. Ib. 20b ש׳ ושקר אחד הן a vain oath ( shav) and a false oath ( sheḳer) are the same; a. fr.תפלת ש׳ a vain prayer, a prayer concerning a thing which cannot be changed. Ber.IX, 3; a. fr.Ex. R. s. 3 (ref. to מתי שוא, Job 11:11) God knows העם המתים על הש׳ לעשותו the people that risk their lives for falsehood (idolatry) to commit it; העתידים לעשות ש׳וכ׳ those that will commit falsehood and be put to death.לַשָּׁ׳ in vain, to no purpose. Keth.62b, v. שָׁמַר. Y.Meg.III, 74a bot., v. תַּמְרוּרִים.

Jewish literature > שוא

15 שָׁוְא

שָׁוְאm. (b. h.; v. שָׁהָה) ( vacancy, vanity, inanity, falsehood. שבועת ש׳ a false oath, vowing to do something impossible, opp. בִּיטּוּי. Shebu.III, 9 שבועה שאוכל … והשנייה שבועת ש׳ (if one says) ‘I swear that I will eat this loaf, (and) I swear that I will not eat it, the former is a useless oath (or vow), the second a false oath; אכלה עבר על שבועת ש׳וכ׳ if he eats it, he is guilty of a false oath (having sworn that he would not eat it); if he does not eat it, he is (also) guilty of a useless oath. Ib. 8 איזוהי שבועת ש׳ נשבעוכ׳ what is a vain oath of affirmation? If one swears to that which is known to be otherwise, saying of a stone column that it is gold ; נשבע … שאי אפשרוכ׳ if one affirms an impossibility, saying I swear that I have seen a camel fly in the air. Ib. נשבע לבטל … זו היא שבועת ש׳וכ׳ if he swears that he will neglect a command, that he will not erect a Succah, …: that is a vain oath, on the wilful pronouncing of which he is punished with stripes Ib. 21a איזוהי שבועת ש׳ … שקר נשבעוכ׳ what is a vain oath? If one swears to what is known to be otherwise; a false oath, if one swears to the opposite of the truth (e. g. ‘I have eaten, when he has not, ‘I have not eaten, when he has), v. שֶׁקֶר. Ib. 20b ש׳ ושקר אחד הן a vain oath ( shav) and a false oath ( sheḳer) are the same; a. fr.תפלת ש׳ a vain prayer, a prayer concerning a thing which cannot be changed. Ber.IX, 3; a. fr.Ex. R. s. 3 (ref. to מתי שוא, Job 11:11) God knows העם המתים על הש׳ לעשותו the people that risk their lives for falsehood (idolatry) to commit it; העתידים לעשות ש׳וכ׳ those that will commit falsehood and be put to death.לַשָּׁ׳ in vain, to no purpose. Keth.62b, v. שָׁמַר. Y.Meg.III, 74a bot., v. תַּמְרוּרִים.

Jewish literature > שָׁוְא

16 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]

1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.

-2 A hymn of praise.

-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.

-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.

-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.

-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.

-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.

-8 Religious penance or austerities.

-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.

-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.

-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.

-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.

-13 Wealth.

-14 Food.

-15 A Brāhmaṇa.

-16 Truth.

-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.

-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.

-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.

-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.

1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]

-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.

-3 A devout man.

-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.

-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.

-6 The sun.

-7 Intellect.

-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.

-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.

-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.

-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.

-1 Of Śiva.

-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.

-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.

-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).

-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.

-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.

-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.

-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.

-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.

-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.

-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.

-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.

-2 N. of a forest.

-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.

-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.

-3 N. of a spell.

-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.

-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.

-आत्मभूः a horse.

-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.

-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.

-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.

-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.

-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.

-आहुतिः f.

1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.

-2 the study of the Vedas.

-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).

-उत्तर a.

1 treating principally of Brahman.

-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.

-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.

-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.

-ऋषिः (

ब्रह्मर्षिः or

ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).

-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.

-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.

-कर्मन् n.

1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.

-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).

-कल्पः an age of Brahman.

-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.

-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.

-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.

-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.

-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.

-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.

-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.

-गिरिः N. of a mountain.

-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.

-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.

-गोलः the universe.

-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).

-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.

-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.

-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,

-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).

-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.

-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.

-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.

-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.

-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).

-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.

-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.

-2 N. of a magical circle.

-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.

-2 religious study, self-restraint.

-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (

-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (

-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.

-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.

-चारिन् a.

1 studying the Vedas.

-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.

-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 of Skanda.

-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.

-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.

-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-जन्मन् n.

1 spirtual birth.

-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.

-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.

-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.

-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.

-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.

-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.

(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.

-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.

-ज्योतिस् n.

1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.

-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.

-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.

-तेजस् n.

1 the glory of Brahman.

-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.

-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.

-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.

-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.

-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.

-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).

-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.

-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.

-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.

-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.

-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.

-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.

-दारुः the mulberry tree.

-दिनम् a day of Brahman.

-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.

-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (

-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.

(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.

-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.

-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.

-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.

-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.

1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).

-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.

-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.

-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.

-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.

-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.

-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (

-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.

-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.

-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.

-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.

-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.

-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.

-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.

-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.

-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.

-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.

-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.

(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.

-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (

-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.

-2 the body; Ch. Up.

-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).

-2 N. of Benares.

-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).

-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.

-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.

-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.

-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.

-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.

-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.

-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.

-2 the mulberry tree.

-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.

-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.

-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.

-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.

-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit

-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.

-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.

-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.

-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.

-भूतिः f. twilight.

-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.

-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.

-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.

-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.

-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.

-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.

-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.

-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.

-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.

-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.

-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मेखलः the Munja plant.

-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)

-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.

-योनि a.

1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (

-निः) f.

1 original source in Brahman.

-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.

-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.

-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.

-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.

-रवः muttering of prayers.

-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.

-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.

-रात्रः early dawn.

-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)

-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.

-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.

-3 a particular constellation.

-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.

-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.

-लोकः the world of Brahman.

-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.

-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.

-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.

-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.

-वर्चस् n.,

-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.

-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.

-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.

-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.

-वर्धनम् copper.

-वाच् f. the sacred text.

-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.

-वादिन् m.

1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.

-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (

-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.

-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.

-विद्, -विद a.

1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.

-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.

-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.

-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.

-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.

-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.

-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.

-2 the Udumbara tree.

-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.

-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.

-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.

-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.

-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).

-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.

-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.

-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas

-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.

-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).

-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.

-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.

-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.

-2 a command of Brahman.

-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.

-4 instruction about sacred duty.

-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.

-श्री N. of a Sāman.

-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.

-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.

-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.

-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.

-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.

-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.

-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.

-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.

-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (

-वः) N. of Nārada.

-सर्पः a kind of snake.

-सवः distillation of Soma.

-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.

-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.

-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.

-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.

-2 a kind of Ketu.

-सुवर्चला f.

1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).

-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.

-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.

-2 N. of the god of love.

-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.

-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.

-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.

-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.

-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.

-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.

-स्थानः the mulberry tree.

-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.

-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.

-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.

-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.

-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman

17 in

1.
in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
I.
With abl.
A.
In space.
1.
Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):
aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,
Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:
alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,
id. Brut. 43, 161:
qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,
id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:
facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,
id. ib.:
T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:
quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 26, 97:
in foro palam Syracusis,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:
plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 35:
tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,
Cic. Mil. 6, 15:
in via fornicata,
Liv. 22, 36:
vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,
Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:
in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,
Quint. 5, 10, 16:
nupta in domo,
Liv. 6, 34, 9:
copias in castris continent,
in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:
cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,
Quint. 11, 3, 130:
se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,
Liv. 5, 40, 10:
malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,
Cic. Att. 4, 10:
sedere in solio,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:
Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —
Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:
heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,
Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:
navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,
Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:
complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 18:
caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,
Quint. 12, 10, 24:
in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
2.
In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):
in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 3:
Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,
Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:
peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,
id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:
in perditis et desperatis,
id. ib. 13, 56, 1:
omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,
id. de Sen. 19, 71:
dolor in maximis malis ducitur,
id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:
justissimus unus in Teucris,
Verg. A. 2, 426:
cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,
Liv. 27, 12, 16:
in diis et feminae sunt,
Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
3.
Of analogous relations of place or position:
sedere in equo,
on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:
quid legati in equis,
id. Pis. 25, 60:
sedere in leone,
Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:
in eo flumine pons erat,
on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
in herboso Apidano,
on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:
in digitis,
on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:
castra in limite locat,
on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:
ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,
on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:
oleae in arbore,
Cels. 2, 24:
Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,
among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:
in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,
Liv. 25, 16, 7:
in juvenibus,
Quint. 11, 1, 32:
nutus in mutis pro sermone est,
id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:
in veste candida,
Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:
in calceis,
id. 24, 38, 2:
in insignibus,
id. 5, 41, 2:
in tunicis albis,
Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:
in Persico et vulgari habitu,
Curt. 3, 3, 4:
in lugubri veste,
id. 10, 5, 17:
in Tyriis,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297:
in Cois,
id. ib. v. 298; cf.:
homines in catenis Romam mittere,
Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:
duas legiones in armis,
Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:
in armis hostis,
under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:
quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,
in oculis provinciae,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:
in oculis omnium,
id. ib. 1, 3, 7:
divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:
Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,
Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):
in populorum institutis aut legibus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:
in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,
id. Fat. 1, 1:
in Timaeo dicit,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:
epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:
perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:
in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,
Cic. Or. 71, 234:
in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:
libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,
Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:
philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:
quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,
id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:
rem habere in manibus,
id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:
neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,
in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:
postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,
Liv. 32, 24, 2:
quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,
Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:
inter manus),
Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,
quorum epistulas in manu teneo,
Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:
in manu poculum tenens,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:
coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,
Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:
in animo esse,
Cic. Fam. 14, 11:
in animo habere,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:
lex est ratio insita in natura,
id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:
in memoria sedere,
id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:
tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,
Luc. 1, 247:
quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!
Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:
erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,
Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:
in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,
id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:
si quid artis in medicis est,
Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:
nibil esse in morte timendum,
Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:
in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,
Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,
quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,
Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:
non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,
Liv. 30, 19, 3:
cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,
id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
B.
In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:
feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,
in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:
in tempore hoc,
Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:
in hoc tempore,
Tac. A. 13, 47:
in tali tempore,
Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:
in diebus paucis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:
in brevi spatio,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:
in qua aetate,
Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:
in ea aetate,
Liv. 1, 57:
in omni aetate,
Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:
in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,
Suet. Caes. 7:
qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,
in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):
nihil in vita se simile fecisse,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:
in tota vita inconstans,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
b.
In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:
ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,
Liv. 33, 5:
spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,
id. 2, 47:
rebellaturi,
Tac. A. 12, 50:
atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
c.
In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:
sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:
vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,
id. ib. 5, 35, 100:
id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,
Liv. 21, 37:
haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,
for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
d.
With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:
fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,
Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:
vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,
id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:
quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,
id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21:
in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,
in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:
in excidenda Numantia,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:
cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,
id. Or. 21, 74.—
C.
In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:
qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,
Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:
se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,
id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:
Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,
id. Clu. 8, 25.—
So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 31:
torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?
Liv. 23, 9, 7:
hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:
in metu,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in voluptate,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:
alicui in amore esse,
beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:
alicui in amoribus esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
res in invidia erat,
Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:
num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?
in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:
mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—
So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:
similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,
Curt. 5, 5, 23:
in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,
Quint. 9, 4, 8:
agi in judiciis,
id. 11, 1, 78:
tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,
Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:
in actione... dicere,
Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:
in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,
Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:
in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,
Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):
in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,
Cic. Brut, 43, 160:
qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,
is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:
etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:
non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,
id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:
an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,
id. Or. 61, 205:
Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,
on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:
et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,
id. ib. 3, 5, 5;
but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,
in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:
horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,
in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:
quod mihi in parte verum videtur,
Quint. 2, 8, 6:
patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,
id. 5, 7, 22:
hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,
in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
in furibus aerarii,
Sall. C. 52, 12:
Achilles talis in hoste fuit,
Verg. A. 2, 540:
in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,
in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:
suspectus et in morte matris fuit,
Suet. Vit. 14:
qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,
Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:
non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,
Quint. 9, 3, 36:
aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,
id. 9, 3, 69:
Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,
Gell. 1, 22, 15:
stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,
Charis. 1, 18, 39:
semper in significatione ea hortus,
Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
2.
In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:
cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,
Liv. 3, 8, 9:
adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,
id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:
in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,
id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:
dum in dubiost animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:
in integro esse,
Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:
in incerto esse,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
in obvio esse,
id. 37, 23, 1:
in tuto esse,
id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:
videre te in tuto,
Cat. 30, 6:
in aequo esse,
Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:
in expedito esse,
Curt. 4, 2, 22:
in proximo esse,
Quint. 1, 3, 4:
in aperto esse,
Sall. C. 5, 3:
in promisco esse,
Liv. 7, 17, 7:
in augusto esse,
Cels. 5, 27, 2:
in incerto haberi,
Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:
in levi habitum,
id. H. 2, 21; cf.:
in incerto relinquere,
Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
II.
With acc.
A.
In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 19:
in Ephesum advenit,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:
in Epirum venire,
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:
ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;
non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:
se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
remigrare in domum veterem e nova,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:
cum in sua rura venerunt,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:
a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,
id. Fam. 15, 9:
in Ubios legatos mittere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,
Sall. J. 75, 1:
Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,
Liv. 3, 58, 1:
abire in exercitum,
Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:
cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,
Tac. A. 4, 56:
nuntiatur in castra,
Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:
allatis in castra nuntiis,
Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:
iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:
Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,
Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):
in crimen populo ponere,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:
ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 19:
duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,
Liv. 29, 19, 7:
prius me collocavi in arborem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:
sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:
in caelum ascendere,
Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:
filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,
id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:
tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,
up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:
Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,
Ov. M. 1, 113:
in flumen deicere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
2.
Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:
quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:
si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,
Cels. 2, 3:
Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,
Tac. Agr. 10:
in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,
Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:
castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,
towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:
in Galliam versus movere,
Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:
si in urbem versus venturi erant,
Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
3.
So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):
in memoriam reducere,
Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:
in animum inducere,
Liv. 27, 9:
in mentem venire,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3:
frequens imitatio transit in mores,
Quint. 1, 11, 3. —
Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
B.
In time, into, till, for:
dormiet in lucem,
into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:
statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,
Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:
in multam noctem luxit,
Suet. Tib. 74:
si febris in noctem augetur,
Cels. 7, 27:
dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,
Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:
indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,
for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:
nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,
forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:
ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,
for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,
id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:
subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,
for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:
postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,
Liv. 27, 2:
qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,
Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:
seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,
Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:
neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,
Quint. 12, 11, 20:
in illum usque diem servati,
id. 8, 3, 68:
in serum usque patente cubiculo,
Suet. Oth. 11:
regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,
Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:
sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:
res dilata est in posterum,
id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:
video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,
Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:
ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,
id. 30, 17, 1:
effugis in futurum,
Tac. H. 1, 71:
quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:
oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,
id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:
quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,
Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):
sensit miles in tempus conficta,
Tac. A. 1, 37:
ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,
id. ib. 6, 11:
scaena in tempus structa,
id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:
nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,
Liv. 22, 40, 8:
rapto in diem frumento,
id. 4, 10, 1;
but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,
i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:
vitium in dies crescit,
Vell. 2, 5, 2:
in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,
Cic. Att. 5, 7:
qui senescat in dies,
Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:
nos in diem vivimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
in diem et horam,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;
and in horas,
hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
C.
In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:
id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,
about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:
Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:
cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:
quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,
towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:
in liberos nostros indulgentia,
id. ib. 2, 40, 168:
de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,
id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:
in dominum quaeri,
to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:
in eos impetum facere,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:
invehi in Thebanos,
Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:
quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,
id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:
num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?
Liv. 7, 6, 11:
vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,
to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:
si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:
in puppim rediere rates,
Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:
sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,
to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:
se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,
Liv. 21, 42, 2:
quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,
Tac. A. 11, 6:
haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:
Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,
Liv. 28, 28; so,
datae in praesidium cohortes,
Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:
haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,
id. Att. 2, 22:
qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,
id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:
in utramque partem disputat,
on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:
facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46:
cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,
in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:
miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,
id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:
senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,
Liv. 5, 15, 4;
also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,
Sall. C. 12, 3:
perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:
judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,
id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:
senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,
Liv. 30, 43, 9:
pax data Philippo in has leges est,
id. 33, 30:
Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:
quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,
Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,
id. Font. 5, 9:
extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,
a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:
Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,
id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:
Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),
Tac. A. 2, 67.—
2.
Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:
non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:
neglegentior in patrem,
Just. 32, 3, 1:
in quem omnes intenderat curas,
Curt. 3, 1, 21:
quos ardere in proelia vidi,
Verg. A. 2, 347:
in bellum ardentes,
Manil. 4, 220:
nutante in fugam exercitu,
Flor. 3, 10, 4:
in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),
Liv. 21, 43, 7:
certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,
id. 21, 45, 4:
in id sors dejecta,
id. 21, 42, 2:
in id fide accepta,
id. 28, 17, 9:
in spem pacis solutis animis,
id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:
ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,
Hor. Epod. 17, 63:
nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 16, 3:
alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?
Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:
in obsequium plus aequo pronus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:
paratus in res novas,
Tac. H. 4, 32:
in utrumque paratus,
Verg. A. 2, 61.—
3.
Of the result of an act or effort:
denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,
Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:
portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,
id. ib. 3, 533:
populum in obsequia principum formavit,
Just. 3, 2, 9:
omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,
Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:
commutari ex veris in falsa,
Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:
in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,
Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
4.
Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;
Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,
Liv. 39, 26, 12:
pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,
id. 28, 21, 4:
quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,
id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:
oratio habita in sexus honorem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6:
convivium in honorem victoriae,
id. 11, 2, 12:
in honorem Quadratillae,
Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:
in honorem tuum,
Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
5.
In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;
opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:
si in rem est Bacchidis,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:
hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,
Liv. 26, 44, 7:
cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,
id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:
in rem fore credens universos adpellare,
Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:
in duas res magnas id usui fore,
Liv. 37, 15, 7:
in hos usus,
Verg. A. 4, 647.—
6.
To form adverbial expressions:
non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,
in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:
terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,
Tac. G. 5:
in universum aestimanti, etc.,
id. ib. 6:
aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),
wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:
in plenum dici potest, etc.,
fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:
Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,
beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:
aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,
for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:
in deterius,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in mollius,
id. ib. 14, 39:
quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),
Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:
aucto in barbarum cognomento,
id. H. 5, 2:
priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,
while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:
nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,
so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:
quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:
viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,
Vell. 2, 43, 4:
quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,
Ov. M. 11, 71:
meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,
in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:
ut simul in omnia paremur,
Quint. 11, 3, 25:
in antecessum dare,
beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
7.
Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:
quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:
ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,
Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:
eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:
neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,
Quint. 6, 2, 29:
numero mihi in mentem fuit,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:
ecquid in mentem est tibi?
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:
nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 16:
quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,
Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:
M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,
put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:
reliquos in custodiam habitos,
Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:
pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
III.
In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
2.
in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in

18 to

to [tu:, unstressed tə]

à ⇒ 1A (a)-(c), 1A (e), 1B (b), 1D (a), 1D (l) en ⇒ 1A (c) jusqu'à ⇒ 1A (d), 1B (b) contre ⇒ 1A (e) pour ⇒ 1C (f), 1C (g), 1D (b) de ⇒ 1D (i)

1 preposition

A.

(a) (indicating direction)

∎ to go to school/the cinema aller à l'école/au cinéma;

∎ let's go to town allons en ville;

∎ he climbed to the top il est monté jusqu'au sommet ou jusqu'en haut;

∎ she ran to where her mother was sitting elle a couru (jusqu')à l'endroit où sa mère était assise;

∎ we've been to it before nous y sommes déjà allés;

∎ the vase fell to the ground le vase est tombé par ou à terre;

∎ I invited them to dinner je les ai invités à dîner;

∎ he returned to his work il est retourné à son ou il a repris son travail;

∎ let's go to Susan's allons chez Susan;

∎ to go to the doctor or doctor's aller chez le médecin;

∎ he pointed to the door il a pointé son doigt vers la porte;

∎ the road to the south la route du sud;

∎ our house is a mile to the south notre maison est à un mile au sud;

∎ it's 12 miles to the nearest town (from here) nous sommes à 12 miles de la ville la plus proche; (from there) c'est à 12 miles de la ville la plus proche;

∎ what's the best way to the station? quel est le meilleur chemin pour aller à la gare?;

∎ she turned his photograph to the wall elle a retourné sa photo contre le mur;

∎ I sat with my back to her j'étais assis lui tournant le dos;

∎ tell her to her face dites-le-lui en face

(b) (indicating location, position) à;

∎ the street parallel to this one la rue parallèle à celle-ci;

∎ she lives next door to us elle habite à côté de chez nous;

∎ to one side d'un côté;

∎ to the left/right à gauche/droite;

∎ the rooms to the back les chambres de derrière;

∎ to leave sth to one side laisser qch de côté

(c) (with geographical names)

∎ to Madrid à Madrid;

∎ to Le Havre au Havre;

∎ to France en France;

∎ to Argentina en Argentine;

∎ to Japan au Japon;

∎ to the United States aux États-Unis;

∎ I'm off to Paris je pars à ou pour Paris;

∎ the road to Chicago la route de Chicago;

∎ on the way to Milan en allant à Milan, sur la route de Milan;

∎ planes to and from Europe les vols à destination et en provenance de l'Europe

(d) (indicating age, amount or level reached) jusqu'à;

∎ the snow came (up) to her knees la neige lui arrivait aux genoux;

∎ unemployment is up to nearly 9 percent le (taux de) chômage atteint presque les 9 pour cent;

∎ they cut expenses down to a minimum ils ont réduit les frais au minimum;

∎ she can count (up) to one hundred elle sait compter jusqu'à cent;

∎ it's accurate to the millimetre c'est exact au millimètre près;

∎ it weighs 8 to 9 pounds ça pèse entre 8 et 9 livres;

∎ moderate to cool temperatures des températures douces ou fraîches;

∎ to live to a great age vivre jusqu'à un âge avancé

(e) (so as to make contact with) à, contre;

∎ she pinned the brooch to her dress elle a épinglé la broche sur sa robe;

∎ they sat in bumper-to-bumper traffic ils étaient coincés pare-chocs contre pare-chocs;

∎ they danced cheek to cheek ils dansaient joue contre joue;

∎ he clutched the baby to his chest il a serré l'enfant contre lui

B.

(a) (before the specified hour or date)

∎ it's ten minutes to three il est trois heures moins dix;

∎ we left at a quarter to six nous sommes partis à six heures moins le quart;

∎ it's twenty to il est moins vingt;

∎ how long is it to dinner? on dîne dans combien de temps?;

∎ there are only two weeks to Christmas il ne reste que deux semaines avant Noël

(b) (up to and including) (jusqu')à;

∎ from Tuesday night to Thursday morning du mardi soir (jusqu')au jeudi matin;

∎ from morning to night du matin au soir;

∎ from March to June de mars (jusqu')à juin;

∎ a nine-to-five job des horaires mpl de fonctionnaire;

∎ it was three years ago to the day since I saw her last il y a trois ans jour pour jour que je l'ai vue pour la dernière fois;

∎ to this day jusqu'à ce jour, jusqu'à aujourd'hui;

∎ he was brave (up) to the last il a été courageux jusqu'au bout ou jusqu'à la fin;

∎ from day to day de jour en jour;

∎ I read it from beginning to end je l'ai lu du début (jusqu')à la fin;

∎ from bad to worse de mal en pis;

∎ I do everything from scrubbing the floor to keeping the books je fais absolument tout, depuis le ménage jusqu'à la comptabilité

C.

(a) (before infinitive)

∎ to talk parler;

∎ to open ouvrir;

∎ to answer répondre

(b) (after verb)

∎ she lived to be a hundred elle a vécu jusqu'à cent ans;

∎ we are to complete the work by Monday nous devons finir le travail pour lundi;

∎ she went on to become a brilliant guitarist elle est ensuite devenue une excellente guitariste;

∎ I finally accepted, (only) to find that they had changed their mind lorsque je me suis décidé à accepter, ils avaient changé d'avis;

∎ she turned round to find him standing right in front of her lorsqu'elle s'est retournée, elle s'est retrouvée nez à nez avec lui;

∎ he left the house never to return to it again il quitta la maison pour ne plus y revenir;

∎ he dared to speak out against injustice il a osé s'élever contre l'injustice;

∎ you can leave if you want to vous pouvez partir si vous voulez;

∎ why? - because I told you to pourquoi? - parce que je t'ai dit de le faire;

∎ would you like to come? - we'd love to voulez-vous venir? - avec plaisir ou oh, oui!;

∎ you ought to vous devriez le faire;

∎ we shall have to il le faudra bien, nous serons bien obligés

(c) (after noun)

∎ I have a lot to do j'ai beaucoup à faire;

∎ I have a letter to write j'ai une lettre à écrire;

∎ that's no reason to leave ce n'est pas une raison pour partir;

∎ I haven't got money to burn je n'ai pas d'argent à jeter par les fenêtres;

∎ the first to complain le premier à se plaindre;

∎ the house to be sold la maison à vendre;

∎ there was not a sound to be heard on n'entendait pas le moindre bruit;

∎ he isn't one to forget his friends il n'est pas homme à oublier ses amis;

∎ that's the way to do it voilà comment il faut faire

(d) (after adjective)

∎ I'm happy/sad to see her go je suis content/triste de la voir partir;

∎ pleased to meet you enchanté (de faire votre connaissance);

∎ difficult/easy to do difficile/facile à faire;

∎ it was strange to see her again c'était bizarre de la revoir;

∎ she's too proud to apologize elle est trop fière pour s'excuser;

∎ he's old enough to understand il est assez grand pour comprendre

(e) (after "how", "which", "where" etc)

∎ do you know where to go? savez-vous où aller?;

∎ he told me how to get there il m'a dit comment y aller;

∎ can you tell me when to get off? pourriez-vous me dire quand je dois descendre?;

∎ she can't decide whether to go or not elle n'arrive pas à décider si elle va y aller ou non

(f) (indicating purpose) pour;

∎ I did it to annoy her je l'ai fait exprès pour l'énerver;

∎ to answer that question, we must… pour répondre à cette question, il nous faut…

(g) (introducing statement) pour;

∎ to be honest/frank pour être honnête/franc;

∎ to put it another way en d'autres termes

(h) (in exclamations)

∎ oh, to be in England! ah, si je pouvais être en Angleterre!;

∎ and to think I nearly married him! quand je pense que j'ai failli l'épouser!

(i) (in headlines)

∎ unions to strike les syndicats s'apprêtent à déclencher la grève;

∎ Russia to negotiate with Baltic States la Russie va négocier avec les pays Baltes

D.

(a) (indicating intended recipient, owner) à;

∎ I showed the picture to her je lui ai montré la photo;

∎ I showed it to her je le lui ai montré;

∎ show it to her montrez-le-lui;

∎ the person I spoke to la personne à qui j'ai parlé;

∎ that book belongs to her ce livre lui appartient;

∎ be kind to him/to animals soyez gentil avec lui/bon envers les animaux;

∎ what's it to him? qu'est-ce que cela peut lui faire?;

∎ it doesn't matter to her ça lui est égal;

∎ did you have a room to yourself? avais-tu une chambre à toi ou pour toi tout seul?;

∎ to keep sth to oneself garder qch pour soi;

∎ I said to myself je me suis dit;

∎ he is known to the police il est connu de la police

(b) (in the opinion of) pour;

∎ $2 is a lot of money to some people il y a des gens pour qui 2 dollars représentent beaucoup d'argent;

∎ it sounds suspicious to me cela me semble bizarre;

∎ it didn't make sense to him ça n'avait aucun sens pour lui

(c) (indicating intention)

∎ with a view to clarifying matters dans l'intention d'éclaircir la situation;

∎ it's all to no purpose tout cela ne sert à rien ou est en vain

(d) (indicating resulting state)

∎ the light changed to red le feu est passé au rouge;

∎ the noise drove him to distraction le bruit le rendait fou;

∎ the rain turned to snow la pluie avait fait place à la neige;

∎ her admiration turned to disgust son admiration s'est transformée en dégoût;

∎ (much) to my relief/surprise/delight à mon grand soulagement/mon grand étonnement/ma grande joie;

∎ (much) to my horror, I found the money was missing c'est avec horreur que je me suis rendu compte que l'argent avait disparu;

∎ the meat was done to perfection la viande était cuite à la perfection;

∎ smashed to pieces brisé en mille morceaux;

∎ moved to tears ému (jusqu')aux larmes;

∎ he was beaten to death il a été battu à mort;

∎ they starved to death ils sont morts de faim;

∎ the court sentenced him to death le juge l'a condamné à mort;

∎ she rose rapidly to power elle est arrivée au pouvoir très rapidement;

∎ she sang the baby to sleep elle a chanté jusqu'à ce que le bébé s'endorme

(e) (as regards)

∎ the answer to your question la réponse à votre question;

∎ a hazard to your health un danger pour votre santé;

∎ what's your reaction to all this? comment réagissez-vous à tout ça?;

∎ no one was sympathetic to his ideas ses idées ne plaisaient à personne;

∎ what would you say to a game of bridge? que diriez-vous d'un bridge?, si on faisait un bridge?;

∎ that's all there is to it c'est aussi simple que ça;

∎ there's nothing to it il n'y a rien de plus simple;

∎ there's nothing or there isn't a lot to these cameras ils ne sont pas bien compliqués, ces appareils photos;

∎ Commerce to translating annual report: $300 (on bill) traduction du rapport annuel: 300 dollars;

∎ to services rendered (on bill) pour services rendus

(f) (indicating composition or proportion)

∎ there are 16 ounces to a pound il y a 16 onces dans une livre;

∎ there are 6 francs to the dollar un dollar vaut 6 francs;

∎ there are 25 chocolates to a box il y a 25 chocolats dans chaque ou par boîte;

∎ one cup of sugar to every three cups of fruit une tasse de sucre pour trois tasses de fruits;

∎ three is to six as six is to twelve trois est à six ce que six est à douze;

∎ Milan beat Madrid by 4 (points) to 3 Milan a battu Madrid 4 (points) à 3;

∎ I'll bet 100 to 1 je parierais 100 contre 1;

∎ the odds are 1000 to 1 against it happening again il y a 1 chance sur 1000 que cela se produise à nouveau;

∎ the vote was 6 to 3 il y avait 6 voix contre 3

(g) (per)

∎ how many miles do you get to the gallon? ≃ vous faites combien de litres au cent?

(h) (indicating comparison)

∎ inferior to inférieur à;

∎ they compare her to Callas on la compare à (la) Callas;

∎ that's nothing (compared) to what I've seen ce n'est rien à côté de ce que j'ai vu;

∎ inflation is nothing (compared) to last year l'inflation n'est rien à côté de ou en comparaison de l'année dernière;

∎ as a cook she's second to none comme cuisinière on ne fait pas mieux;

∎ to prefer sth to sth préférer qch à qch

(i) (of) de;

∎ the key to this door la clé de cette porte;

∎ he's secretary to the director/to the committee c'est le secrétaire du directeur/du comité;

∎ she's assistant to the president c'est l'adjointe du président;

∎ the French ambassador to Algeria l'ambassadeur français en Algérie;

∎ ambassador to the King of Thailand ambassadeur auprès du roi de Thaïlande;

∎ she's interpreter to the president c'est l'interprète du président;

∎ Susan, sister to Mary Susan, sœur de Mary;

∎ he's been like a father to me il est comme un père pour moi

(j) (in accordance with)

∎ to his way of thinking, to his mind à son avis;

∎ to hear him talk, you'd think he was an expert à l'entendre parler, on croirait que c'est un expert;

∎ to my knowledge, she never met him elle ne l'a jamais rencontré (pour) autant que je sache;

∎ it's to your advantage to do it c'est (dans) ton intérêt de le faire;

∎ the climate is not to my liking le climat ne me plaît pas;

∎ add salt to taste salez selon votre goût ou à volonté;

∎ she made out a cheque to the amount of £15 elle a fait un chèque de 15 livres

(k) (indicating accompaniment, simultaneity)

∎ we danced to live music nous avons dansé sur la musique d'un orchestre;

∎ in time to the music en mesure avec la musique

(l) (in honour of) à;

∎ let's drink to his health buvons à sa santé;

∎ (here's) to your health! à la vôtre!;

∎ (here's) to the bride! à la mariée!;

∎ to my family (in dedication) à ma famille;

∎ his book is dedicated to his mother son livre est dédié à sa mère;

∎ a monument to the war dead un monument aux morts

E.

(a) (indicating addition)

∎ add flour to the list ajoutez de la farine sur la liste;

∎ add 3 to 6 additionnez 3 et 6, ajoutez 3 à 6;

∎ in addition to Charles, there were three women en plus de Charles, il y avait trois femmes

(b) Mathematics

∎ to the power… à la puissance…;

∎ 2 to the 3rd power, 2 to the 3rd 2 (à la) puissance 3

2 adverb

(a) (closed) fermé;

∎ the wind blew the door to un coup de vent a fermé la porte

(b) (back to consciousness)

∎ to come to revenir à soi, reprendre connaissance

(c) Nautical

∎ to bring a ship to mettre un bateau en panne

3 to and fro adverb

∎ to go to and fro aller et venir, se promener de long en large; (shuttle bus etc) faire la navette;

∎ to swing to and fro se balancer d'avant en arrière

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > to

19 πρός

πρός, Prep., expressing direction,

A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:

I of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
; τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).

2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430; εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
; ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
; ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110; οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84; π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
; π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc., π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
; τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.

3 before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
; οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,

b in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.); ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.

4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
; π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760; π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
; π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
; μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
; μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15; π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
; ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
; μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.

5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99; Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d; ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
; οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305; ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.

II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:

1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc., ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.; τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
; δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7
; φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
; τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527; λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
; κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.; μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357; ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79; ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
; οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73; π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949; τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
; αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
; ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst., τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
; ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
; ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
; ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
; πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
; π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.); ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.

2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.

III of dependence or close connexion: hence,

1 dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.

2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.; π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.

IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636; οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.; π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.; οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc., π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211; οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;
εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly, Id.R. 470c
; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12; τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13; π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.

B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423; ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί) ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24; δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
; νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
; π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
; π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
; π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855; π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
; π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ') αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
; τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
; αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.; τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.

2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22; ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
; π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.

3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80; με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298
, cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420; ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.

4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418; προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
; προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;
π. τινί
close to, Men. Epit. 204
.

II to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d; ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
; ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
); ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
; π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.); ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22; ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).

III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;
π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to, A.Pr. 323
, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3; ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90; δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
; τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e; π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg., π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.

C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:

I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.; ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
; βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
; κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.

2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66; ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
; ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
; ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
; ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
; πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
; π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
; τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later, ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
; ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;
ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside, Supp.Epigr.6.106
([place name] Cotiaeum).

b of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46
(Argos, v B. C.); ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.

3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.; ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26; ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
; στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40; π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; also ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4; π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27; πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
; πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.

4 in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
; ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98; βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
; γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
; χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
; π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
; ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
; ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
; ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
; ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.; μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.

5 without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359; ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
; μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.; ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.; ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron., διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60; π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931; ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.

b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.

6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235; ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6; ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
; γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61; π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
; π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
; π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; also σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6; παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.; ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
; ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
; εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219; κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
; π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.); ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.

b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39; ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
; ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
; τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.; τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10; τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.

7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc., τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
; ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11
([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6; τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.

II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
; ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
; πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
; ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
; π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
; π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312
; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.

III of Relation between two objects,

1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441; μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;
οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of.., Arist.APr. 24a25
, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.); π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44; λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.; π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia); ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus); π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs., ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.

2 in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;
π. τὴν φήμην
in view of.., Id.3.153
, cf. Th.8.39; χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
; ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,
π. τί;
wherefore? to what end? S.OT 766
, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;
π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so, Hdt.5.9
,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.

3 in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b; ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182; ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
; ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
; ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6; ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.

b with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.); θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.

c = πρός B. 11, ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
; ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.

4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
; ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
; π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44; πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10; τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
; ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; also ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
; ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος) ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4; πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph., π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.); τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.); θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.); τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.); ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.); οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2; λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2; π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
; π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan; μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic); π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3); π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.
κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
; π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56; π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.); π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4; προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.

5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.; π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
; ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.; εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226; ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
; π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;
π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to.., E.Hipp. 701
; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2; ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.

6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.; π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.

7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.); π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
; τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657); π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.); π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.); οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19; π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
; π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773; οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
; ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133; πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152; π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);
π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of, E.Med. 538
; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.); π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119; π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.; π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32; π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3; π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.

8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.

D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207; π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
; καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.; καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e; καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
; καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
; ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610; ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.

E IN COMPOS.,

I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.

II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.

III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.

F REMARKS,

1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.

2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.

3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron., πρός με S.Aj. 292
, Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

20 П-103

ЧТО НАПИСАНО ПЕРОМ, ТОГО НЕ ВЫРУБИШЬ ТОПОРОМ (saying) when some statement has been put in writing (and read by others), it cannot be changed (said when great importance is attributed to what has been written): - that which is written with a pen cannot be cut out with an ax(e) a written word cannot be hewn out with an ax(e) a word that has been written down cannot be cut out with an ax(e) the written word remains.
«Всё, что на бумаге, это уже не личное слово. Что написано пером, того не вырубить топором» (Айтматов 2). "Once а thought is down on paper, it's no longer personal. That which is written with a pen cannot be cut out with an axe" (2a).

Произнесённое метко, всё равно что писаное, не вырубливается топором. А уж куда бывает метко всё то, что вышло из глубины Руси... (Гоголь 3). A neatly uttered word is like a word that has been written down and that, according to the Russian proverb, cannot be cut out with an axe. And how wonderfully apt are the sayings that come out of the depths of Russia... (3a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > П-103

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

That 90's Show — Infobox Simpsons episode episode name = That 90 s Show image caption = The episode s promotional image, featuring Kurt Loder. episode no = 411 prod code = KABF04 airdate = January 27, 2008 show runner = Al Jean writer = Matt Selman director =… … Wikipedia

That's So Raven — Format Family Teen sitcom Fantasy Created by Michael Poryes Susan Sherman … Wikipedia

That Time — is a one act play by Samuel Beckett, written in English between 8 June 1974 and August 1975. It was specially written for actor Patrick Magee, who delivered its first performance, on the occasion of Beckett s seventieth birthday celebration, at… … Wikipedia

That's So Raven (season 1) — Country of origin United States No. of episodes 21 Broadcast Original channel Disney Channel … Wikipedia

that — that1 W1S1 [ðæt] determiner, pron [: Old English; Origin: thAt] 1.) plural those [ðəuz US ðouz] used to refer to a person, thing, idea etc that has already been mentioned or is already known about ▪ You never cared about me. That s not true. ▪ I… … Dictionary of contemporary English

That's Life! — Infobox Television show name =That s Life! director = creative director = developer = presenter = Esther Rantzen theme music composer = opentheme = endtheme = composer = country = language = num seasons = num episodes = list episodes = executive… … Wikipedia

That's My Bush! — infobox television show name = That s My Bush! caption = DVD release rating = ***** format = Sitcom/Satire runtime = 21 23 minutes creator = Trey Parker Matt Stone starring = Timothy Bottoms Carrie Quinn Dolin Kurt Fuller Kristen Miller Marcia… … Wikipedia

That Old Black Magic (Goodies episode) — Infobox The Goodies episode name = That Old Black Magic number = 24 airdate = 25 February, 1973 (Sunday mdash; 8.15 p.m.) director = Bob Spiers producer = Jim Franklin guests = Patricia Hayes as Hazel the Witch series = 3That Old Black Magic is… … Wikipedia

That '70s Show — Infobox Television show name = That 70s Show caption 2 = That 70s Show logo format = Sitcom runtime = 22 minutes (approximate) location = Point Place, Wisconsin creator = Mark Brazill Bonnie Turner Terry Turner starring = Topher Grace (1998–2005) … Wikipedia

Changed tone — Cantonese changed tones (also called pinjam[1]; traditional Chinese: 變音; simplified Chinese: 变音; pinyin: biànyīn; Jyutping: bin3jam1, Yale: binyàm) occur when a word s tone becomes a diff … Wikipedia

That Girl (McFly song) — Infobox Single Name = That Girl Artist = McFly from Album = Room on the 3rd Floor Released = September 6 2004 Format = CD Recorded = Genre = Pop rock Length = Label = Island Producer = Hugh Padgham Chart position = #3 (UK) Reviews = Last single … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

that which is changed

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

that which is changed

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: